ational 4XDOLÛFDWLRQV 2018 · A block of mass 6·0 kg and a block of mass 8·0 kg are connected by...

64
*X7577602* © National Qualications 2018 H Instructions for the completion of Section 1 are given on page 02 of your question and answer booklet X757/76/01. Record your answers on the answer grid on page 03 of your question and answer booklet. Reference may be made to the Data Sheet on page 02 of this booklet and to the Relationships Sheet X757/76/11. Before leaving the examination room you must give your question and answer booklet to the Invigilator; if you do not, you may lose all the marks for this paper. X757/76/02 Physics Section 1 Questions TUESDAY, 8 MAY 9:00 AM 11:30 AM A/PB

Transcript of ational 4XDOLÛFDWLRQV 2018 · A block of mass 6·0 kg and a block of mass 8·0 kg are connected by...

X7577602copy

NationalQualications2018 H

Instructions for the completion of Section 1 are given on page 02 of your question and answer booklet X7577601

Record your answers on the answer grid on page 03 of your question and answer booklet

Reference may be made to the Data Sheet on page 02 of this booklet and to the Relationships Sheet X7577611

Before leaving the examination room you must give your question and answer booklet to the Invigilator if you do not you may lose all the marks for this paper

X7577602 PhysicsSection 1 mdash Questions

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

DATA SHEET

COMMON PHYSICAL QUANTITIES

Quantity Symbol Value Quantity Symbol ValueSpeed of light in vacuum c 3middot00 times 108 m sminus1 Planckrsquos constant h 6middot63 times 10minus34 J s

Magnitude of the charge on an electron e 1middot60 times 10minus19 C Mass of electron me 9middot11 times 10minus31 kg

Universal Constant of Gravitation G 6middot67 times 10minus11 m3 kgminus1 sminus2 Mass of neutron mn 1middot675 times 10minus27 kg

Gravitational acceleration on Earth g 9middot8 m sminus2 Mass of proton mp 1middot673 times 10minus27 kg

Hubblersquos constant H0 2middot3 times 10minus18 sminus1

REFRACTIVE INDICESThe refractive indices refer to sodium light of wavelength 589 nm and to substances at a temperature of 273 K

Substance Refractive index Substance Refractive index

Diamond 2middot42 Water 1middot33

Crown glass 1middot50 Air 1middot00

SPECTRAL LINES

Element Wavelengthnm Colour Element Wavelengthnm ColourHydrogen

Sodium

656486434410397389

589

RedBlue-greenBlue-violetVioletUltravioletUltraviolet

Yellow

Cadmium 644509480

RedGreenBlue

Lasers

Element Wavelengthnm ColourCarbon dioxide Helium-neon

9550 10590 633

Infrared Red

PROPERTIES OF SELECTED MATERIALS

Substance Densitykg mminus3 Melting PointK Boiling PointK

AluminiumCopperIceSea WaterWaterAirHydrogen

2middot70 times 103

8middot96 times 103

9middot20 times 102

1middot02 times 103

1middot00 times 103

1middot29 9middot0 times 10minus2

933 1357 273 264 273 14

2623 2853 377 373 20

The gas densities refer to a temperature of 273 K and a pressure of 1middot01 times 105 Pa

page 03

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marks

Attempt ALL questions

1 A car is moving at a speed of 2middot0 m sminus1

The car now accelerates at 4middot0 m sminus2 until it reaches a speed of 14 m sminus1

The distance travelled by the car during this acceleration is

A 1middot5 m

B 18 m

C 24 m

D 25 m

E 48 m

2 A ball is dropped from rest and allowed to bounce several times

The graph shows how the velocity of the ball varies with time

P

Qtime

velocity

S

R0

A student makes the following statements about the ball

I The ball hits the ground at P

II The ball is moving upwards between Q and R

III The ball is moving upwards between R and S

Which of these statements isare correct

A I only

B II only

C III only

D I and II only

E I and III only

[Turn over

page 04

3 A block of mass 6middot0 kg and a block of mass 8middot0 kg are connected by a string

A force of 32 N is applied to the blocks as shown

8middot0 kg6middot0 kg 32 N

A frictional force of 4middot0 N acts on each block

The acceleration of the 6middot0 kg block is

A 1middot7 m sminus2

B 2middot0 m sminus2

C 2middot3 m sminus2

D 2middot9 m sminus2

E 5middot3 m sminus2

4 A person stands on a weighing machine in a lift When the lift is at rest the reading on the weighing machine is 700 N

The lift now descends and its speed increases at a constant rate

The reading on the weighing machine

A is a constant value higher than 700 N

B is a constant value lower than 700 N

C continually increases from 700 N

D continually decreases from 700 N

E remains constant at 700 N

5 Enceladus is a moon of Saturn The mass of Enceladus is 1middot08 times 1020 kg

The mass of Saturn is 5middot68 times 1026 kg

The gravitational force of attraction between Enceladus and Saturn is 7middot24 times 1019 N

The orbital radius of Enceladus around Saturn is

A 2middot38 times 108 m

B 9middot11 times 1013 m

C 5middot65 times 1016 m

D 8middot30 times 1027 m

E 3middot19 times 1033 m

page 05

6 A spacecraft is travelling at 0middot10c relative to a star

An observer on the spacecraft measures the speed of light emitted by the star to be

A 0middot90c

B 0middot99c

C 1middot00c

D 1middot01c

E 1middot10c

7 A spacecraft is travelling at a speed of 0middot200c relative to the Earth

The spacecraft emits a signal for 20middot0 seconds as measured in the frame of reference of the spacecraft

An observer on Earth measures the duration of the signal as

A 19middot2 s

B 19middot6 s

C 20middot0 s

D 20middot4 s

E 20middot8 s

8 How many types of quark are there

A 8

B 6

C 4

D 3

E 2

9 An electron is a

A boson

B hadron

C baryon

D meson

E lepton

[Turn over

page 06

10 A proton enters a region of magnetic field as shown

region of magnetic field

into page

proton

On entering the magnetic field the proton

A deflects into the page

B deflects out of the page

C deflects towards the top of the page

D deflects towards the bottom of the page

E is not deflected

11 A nuclear fission reaction is represented by the following statement

1 235 141 10 92 56 0n U Ba X 3 n+ rarr + +

The nucleus represented by X is

A 9640Zr

B 9236Kr

C 9740Zr

D 9336Kr

E 9440Zr

12 The irradiance on a surface 0middot50 m from a point source of light is IThe irradiance on a surface 1middot5 m from this source is

A 0middot11I

B 0middot33I

C 1middot5I

D 3middot0I

E 9middot0I

page 07

13 Waves from two coherent sources S1 and S2 produce an interference pattern Maxima are detected at the positions shown below

P

maxima

S1

S2

The path difference S1P minus S2P is 154 mm

The wavelength of the waves is

A 15middot4 mm

B 25middot7 mm

C 28middot0 mm

D 30middot8 mm

E 34middot2 mm

[Turn over

page 08

14 A ray of monochromatic light passes from air into a block of glass as shown

air glass

not to scale

The wavelength of this light in air is 6middot30 times 10minus7 m

The refractive index of the glass for this light is 1middot50

The frequency of this light in the glass is

A 2middot10 times 10minus15 Hz

B 1middot26 times 102 Hz

C 1middot89 times 102 Hz

D 4middot76 times 1014 Hz

E 7middot14 times 1014 Hz

page 09

15 A circuit is set up as shown

V

10 Ω10 Ω

10 Ω

S

A1

A2

12 V

The battery has negligible internal resistance

A student makes the following statements about the readings on the meters in this circuit

I WhenswitchSisopenthereadingonthevoltmeterwillbe60V

II When switch S is open the reading on A2 willbe060A

III When switch S is closed the reading on A1willbe080A

Which of these statements isare correct

A I only

B II only

C I and II only

D II and III only

E I II and III

16 The power dissipated in a 120 Ω resistor is 4middot8 W

The current in the resistor is

A 0middot020 A

B 0middot040 A

C 0middot20 A

D 5middot0 A

E 25 A

[Turn over

page 10

17 A 24middot0 μF capacitor is charged until the potential difference across it is 125 V

The charge stored on the capacitor is

A 5middot21 times 106 C

B 7middot75 times 10minus2 C

C 1middot50 times 10minus3 C

D 3middot00 times 10minus3 C

E 1middot92 times 10minus7 C

18 A circuit is set up as shown

12 V

220 μF

When the capacitor is fully charged the energy stored in the capacitor is

A 1middot6 times 10minus5 J

B 1middot3 times 10minus3 J

C 2middot6 times 10minus3 J

D 1middot6 times 10minus2 J

E 1middot6 times 104 J

page 11

19 The circuit shown is used to charge and then discharge a capacitor C

R

Cto

oscilloscope

Which pair of graphs shows how the potential difference V across the capacitor varies with time t during charging and discharging

A

B

C

D

E

t t

t t

t t

t t

t t

V V

V V

V V

V V

V V

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

Charging Discharging

[Turn over for next question

page 12

20 A student carries out an experiment to determine the specific heat capacity c of a solid

The relationship used to calculate c is

Ecm T

The recorded measurements and their percentage uncertainties are shown

energy supplied E = 5000 J plusmn 1

mass of solid m = 0middot20 kg plusmn 2

change in temperature ∆T = 4middot5 degC plusmn 5

A good estimate of the percentage uncertainty in the calculated value of c is

A 8

B 7

C 5

D 3

E 1

[END OF SECTION 1 NOW ATTEMPT THE QUESTIONS IN SECTION 2 OF YOUR QUESTION AND ANSWER BOOKLET]

X757760101

X7577601

HFOR OFFICIAL USE

Fill in these boxes and read what is printed below

Number of seat

Town

copy

Mark

Full name of centre

Forename(s) Surname

Scottish candidate numberDate of birth

YearDay Month

NationalQualications2018

Total marks mdash 130

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marksAttempt ALL questionsInstructions for the completion of Section 1 are given on page 02

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marksAttempt ALL questionsReference may be made to the Data Sheet on page 02 of the question paper X7577602 and to the Relationships Sheet X7577611Care should be taken to give an appropriate number of significant figures in the final answers to calculationsWrite your answers clearly in the spaces provided in this booklet Additional space for answers and rough work is provided at the end of this booklet If you use this space you must clearly identify the question number you are attempting Any rough work must be written in this booklet You should score through your rough work when you have written your final copyUse blue or black inkBefore leaving the examination room you must give this booklet to the Invigilator if you do not you may lose all the marks for this paper

X7577601

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

PhysicsSection 1 mdash Answer Grid

and Section 2

X757760102page 02

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marks

The questions for Section 1 are contained in the question paper X7577602

Read these and record your answers on the answer grid on page 03 opposite

Use blue or black ink Do NOT use gel pens or pencil

1 The answer to each question is either A B C D or E Decide what your answer is then fill in the appropriate bubble (see sample question below)

2 There is only one correct answer to each question

3 Any rough working should be done on the additional space for answers and rough work at the end of this booklet

Sample question

The energy unit measured by the electricity meter in your home is the

A ampere

B kilowatt-hour

C watt

D coulomb

E volt

The correct answer is B mdash kilowatt-hour The answer B bubble has been clearly filled in (see below)

A B C D E

Changing an answer

If you decide to change your answer cancel your first answer by putting a cross through it (see below) and fill in the answer you want The answer below has been changed to D

A B C D E

If you then decide to change back to an answer you have already scored out put a tick (3) to the right of the answer you want as shown below

A B C D E

or

A B C D E

X757760103page 03

OBJ20AE1

A B C D E

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

SECTION 1 mdash Answer Grid

[Turn over

X757760104page 04

[BLANK PAGE]

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760105page 05

[Turn over for SECTION 2

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760106page 06

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marks

Attempt ALL questions

1 During a school funfair a student throws a wet sponge at a teacher The sponge is thrown with an initial velocity of 7middot4 m sminus1 at an angle of 30deg to the horizontal

The sponge leaves the studentrsquos hand at a height of 1middot5 m above the ground

h

7middot4 m sminus1

30deg

1middot5 m

not to scale

The sponge hits the teacher

The effects of air resistance can be ignored

(a) (i) Calculate

(A) the horizontal component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

(B) the vertical component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

1

1

X757760107page 07

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

1 (a) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the time taken for the sponge to reach its maximum height

Space for working and answer

(iii) The sponge takes a further 0middot45 s to travel from its maximum height until it hits the teacher

Determine the height h above the ground at which the sponge hits the teacher

Space for working and answer

(b) The student throwing the sponge makes the following statement

ldquoIf the sponge is thrown with a higher speed at the same angle from the same height then it would take a shorter time to hit the teacher in the same placerdquo

Explain why the studentrsquos statement is incorrect

3

4

2

[Turn over

X757760108page 08

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 An internet shopping company is planning to use drones to deliver packages

package

drone

(a) During a test the drone is hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the drone is 5middot50 kg

The mass of the package is 1middot25 kg

(i) Determine the upward force produced by the drone

Space for working and answer

3

X757760109page 09

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (a) (continued)

(ii) The package is now lowered using a motor and a cable

A battery supplies 12 V across the motor The resistance of the motor is 9∙6 Ω

Calculate the power dissipated by the motor

Space for working and answer

(iii) While the package is being lowered the cable breaks

The upward force produced by the drone remains constant

Describe the vertical motion of the drone immediately after the cable breaks

Justify your answer

[Turn over

3

2

X757760110page 10

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (continued)

(b) To carry a package with a greater mass two drones are used as shown

not to scale

cable

3∙4 kg

drone

35deg

package

drone

cable35deg

The drones are hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the package suspended from the two drones is 3middot4 kg

Determine the tension in each cable

Space for working and answer

4

X757760111page 11

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760112page 12

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 A student sets up an experiment to investigate a collision between two vehicles on a frictionless air track

not to scale

card

vehicle Y

motion sensor

vehicle X

to computer

air track

Vehicle X of mass 0middot75 kg is travelling to the right along the track

Vehicle Y of mass 0middot50 kg is travelling to the left along the track with a speed of 0middot30 m sminus1

The vehicles collide and move off separately

A computer displays a graph showing the velocity of vehicle X from just before the collision to just after the collision

velocity (m sminus1)

time (s)1∙000∙900∙800∙700∙50

0∙60

0∙400∙300∙200

0∙10 0∙60

0∙50

0∙40

0∙30

0∙20

0∙10

0

X757760113page 13

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(a) Show that the velocity of vehicle Y after the collision is 0middot42 m sminus1

Space for working and answer

(b) Determine the impulse on vehicle Y during the collision

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

2

3

X757760114page 14

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(c) Explain how the student would determine whether the collision was elastic or inelastic 2

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

page 02

DATA SHEET

COMMON PHYSICAL QUANTITIES

Quantity Symbol Value Quantity Symbol ValueSpeed of light in vacuum c 3middot00 times 108 m sminus1 Planckrsquos constant h 6middot63 times 10minus34 J s

Magnitude of the charge on an electron e 1middot60 times 10minus19 C Mass of electron me 9middot11 times 10minus31 kg

Universal Constant of Gravitation G 6middot67 times 10minus11 m3 kgminus1 sminus2 Mass of neutron mn 1middot675 times 10minus27 kg

Gravitational acceleration on Earth g 9middot8 m sminus2 Mass of proton mp 1middot673 times 10minus27 kg

Hubblersquos constant H0 2middot3 times 10minus18 sminus1

REFRACTIVE INDICESThe refractive indices refer to sodium light of wavelength 589 nm and to substances at a temperature of 273 K

Substance Refractive index Substance Refractive index

Diamond 2middot42 Water 1middot33

Crown glass 1middot50 Air 1middot00

SPECTRAL LINES

Element Wavelengthnm Colour Element Wavelengthnm ColourHydrogen

Sodium

656486434410397389

589

RedBlue-greenBlue-violetVioletUltravioletUltraviolet

Yellow

Cadmium 644509480

RedGreenBlue

Lasers

Element Wavelengthnm ColourCarbon dioxide Helium-neon

9550 10590 633

Infrared Red

PROPERTIES OF SELECTED MATERIALS

Substance Densitykg mminus3 Melting PointK Boiling PointK

AluminiumCopperIceSea WaterWaterAirHydrogen

2middot70 times 103

8middot96 times 103

9middot20 times 102

1middot02 times 103

1middot00 times 103

1middot29 9middot0 times 10minus2

933 1357 273 264 273 14

2623 2853 377 373 20

The gas densities refer to a temperature of 273 K and a pressure of 1middot01 times 105 Pa

page 03

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marks

Attempt ALL questions

1 A car is moving at a speed of 2middot0 m sminus1

The car now accelerates at 4middot0 m sminus2 until it reaches a speed of 14 m sminus1

The distance travelled by the car during this acceleration is

A 1middot5 m

B 18 m

C 24 m

D 25 m

E 48 m

2 A ball is dropped from rest and allowed to bounce several times

The graph shows how the velocity of the ball varies with time

P

Qtime

velocity

S

R0

A student makes the following statements about the ball

I The ball hits the ground at P

II The ball is moving upwards between Q and R

III The ball is moving upwards between R and S

Which of these statements isare correct

A I only

B II only

C III only

D I and II only

E I and III only

[Turn over

page 04

3 A block of mass 6middot0 kg and a block of mass 8middot0 kg are connected by a string

A force of 32 N is applied to the blocks as shown

8middot0 kg6middot0 kg 32 N

A frictional force of 4middot0 N acts on each block

The acceleration of the 6middot0 kg block is

A 1middot7 m sminus2

B 2middot0 m sminus2

C 2middot3 m sminus2

D 2middot9 m sminus2

E 5middot3 m sminus2

4 A person stands on a weighing machine in a lift When the lift is at rest the reading on the weighing machine is 700 N

The lift now descends and its speed increases at a constant rate

The reading on the weighing machine

A is a constant value higher than 700 N

B is a constant value lower than 700 N

C continually increases from 700 N

D continually decreases from 700 N

E remains constant at 700 N

5 Enceladus is a moon of Saturn The mass of Enceladus is 1middot08 times 1020 kg

The mass of Saturn is 5middot68 times 1026 kg

The gravitational force of attraction between Enceladus and Saturn is 7middot24 times 1019 N

The orbital radius of Enceladus around Saturn is

A 2middot38 times 108 m

B 9middot11 times 1013 m

C 5middot65 times 1016 m

D 8middot30 times 1027 m

E 3middot19 times 1033 m

page 05

6 A spacecraft is travelling at 0middot10c relative to a star

An observer on the spacecraft measures the speed of light emitted by the star to be

A 0middot90c

B 0middot99c

C 1middot00c

D 1middot01c

E 1middot10c

7 A spacecraft is travelling at a speed of 0middot200c relative to the Earth

The spacecraft emits a signal for 20middot0 seconds as measured in the frame of reference of the spacecraft

An observer on Earth measures the duration of the signal as

A 19middot2 s

B 19middot6 s

C 20middot0 s

D 20middot4 s

E 20middot8 s

8 How many types of quark are there

A 8

B 6

C 4

D 3

E 2

9 An electron is a

A boson

B hadron

C baryon

D meson

E lepton

[Turn over

page 06

10 A proton enters a region of magnetic field as shown

region of magnetic field

into page

proton

On entering the magnetic field the proton

A deflects into the page

B deflects out of the page

C deflects towards the top of the page

D deflects towards the bottom of the page

E is not deflected

11 A nuclear fission reaction is represented by the following statement

1 235 141 10 92 56 0n U Ba X 3 n+ rarr + +

The nucleus represented by X is

A 9640Zr

B 9236Kr

C 9740Zr

D 9336Kr

E 9440Zr

12 The irradiance on a surface 0middot50 m from a point source of light is IThe irradiance on a surface 1middot5 m from this source is

A 0middot11I

B 0middot33I

C 1middot5I

D 3middot0I

E 9middot0I

page 07

13 Waves from two coherent sources S1 and S2 produce an interference pattern Maxima are detected at the positions shown below

P

maxima

S1

S2

The path difference S1P minus S2P is 154 mm

The wavelength of the waves is

A 15middot4 mm

B 25middot7 mm

C 28middot0 mm

D 30middot8 mm

E 34middot2 mm

[Turn over

page 08

14 A ray of monochromatic light passes from air into a block of glass as shown

air glass

not to scale

The wavelength of this light in air is 6middot30 times 10minus7 m

The refractive index of the glass for this light is 1middot50

The frequency of this light in the glass is

A 2middot10 times 10minus15 Hz

B 1middot26 times 102 Hz

C 1middot89 times 102 Hz

D 4middot76 times 1014 Hz

E 7middot14 times 1014 Hz

page 09

15 A circuit is set up as shown

V

10 Ω10 Ω

10 Ω

S

A1

A2

12 V

The battery has negligible internal resistance

A student makes the following statements about the readings on the meters in this circuit

I WhenswitchSisopenthereadingonthevoltmeterwillbe60V

II When switch S is open the reading on A2 willbe060A

III When switch S is closed the reading on A1willbe080A

Which of these statements isare correct

A I only

B II only

C I and II only

D II and III only

E I II and III

16 The power dissipated in a 120 Ω resistor is 4middot8 W

The current in the resistor is

A 0middot020 A

B 0middot040 A

C 0middot20 A

D 5middot0 A

E 25 A

[Turn over

page 10

17 A 24middot0 μF capacitor is charged until the potential difference across it is 125 V

The charge stored on the capacitor is

A 5middot21 times 106 C

B 7middot75 times 10minus2 C

C 1middot50 times 10minus3 C

D 3middot00 times 10minus3 C

E 1middot92 times 10minus7 C

18 A circuit is set up as shown

12 V

220 μF

When the capacitor is fully charged the energy stored in the capacitor is

A 1middot6 times 10minus5 J

B 1middot3 times 10minus3 J

C 2middot6 times 10minus3 J

D 1middot6 times 10minus2 J

E 1middot6 times 104 J

page 11

19 The circuit shown is used to charge and then discharge a capacitor C

R

Cto

oscilloscope

Which pair of graphs shows how the potential difference V across the capacitor varies with time t during charging and discharging

A

B

C

D

E

t t

t t

t t

t t

t t

V V

V V

V V

V V

V V

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

Charging Discharging

[Turn over for next question

page 12

20 A student carries out an experiment to determine the specific heat capacity c of a solid

The relationship used to calculate c is

Ecm T

The recorded measurements and their percentage uncertainties are shown

energy supplied E = 5000 J plusmn 1

mass of solid m = 0middot20 kg plusmn 2

change in temperature ∆T = 4middot5 degC plusmn 5

A good estimate of the percentage uncertainty in the calculated value of c is

A 8

B 7

C 5

D 3

E 1

[END OF SECTION 1 NOW ATTEMPT THE QUESTIONS IN SECTION 2 OF YOUR QUESTION AND ANSWER BOOKLET]

X757760101

X7577601

HFOR OFFICIAL USE

Fill in these boxes and read what is printed below

Number of seat

Town

copy

Mark

Full name of centre

Forename(s) Surname

Scottish candidate numberDate of birth

YearDay Month

NationalQualications2018

Total marks mdash 130

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marksAttempt ALL questionsInstructions for the completion of Section 1 are given on page 02

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marksAttempt ALL questionsReference may be made to the Data Sheet on page 02 of the question paper X7577602 and to the Relationships Sheet X7577611Care should be taken to give an appropriate number of significant figures in the final answers to calculationsWrite your answers clearly in the spaces provided in this booklet Additional space for answers and rough work is provided at the end of this booklet If you use this space you must clearly identify the question number you are attempting Any rough work must be written in this booklet You should score through your rough work when you have written your final copyUse blue or black inkBefore leaving the examination room you must give this booklet to the Invigilator if you do not you may lose all the marks for this paper

X7577601

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

PhysicsSection 1 mdash Answer Grid

and Section 2

X757760102page 02

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marks

The questions for Section 1 are contained in the question paper X7577602

Read these and record your answers on the answer grid on page 03 opposite

Use blue or black ink Do NOT use gel pens or pencil

1 The answer to each question is either A B C D or E Decide what your answer is then fill in the appropriate bubble (see sample question below)

2 There is only one correct answer to each question

3 Any rough working should be done on the additional space for answers and rough work at the end of this booklet

Sample question

The energy unit measured by the electricity meter in your home is the

A ampere

B kilowatt-hour

C watt

D coulomb

E volt

The correct answer is B mdash kilowatt-hour The answer B bubble has been clearly filled in (see below)

A B C D E

Changing an answer

If you decide to change your answer cancel your first answer by putting a cross through it (see below) and fill in the answer you want The answer below has been changed to D

A B C D E

If you then decide to change back to an answer you have already scored out put a tick (3) to the right of the answer you want as shown below

A B C D E

or

A B C D E

X757760103page 03

OBJ20AE1

A B C D E

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

SECTION 1 mdash Answer Grid

[Turn over

X757760104page 04

[BLANK PAGE]

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760105page 05

[Turn over for SECTION 2

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760106page 06

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marks

Attempt ALL questions

1 During a school funfair a student throws a wet sponge at a teacher The sponge is thrown with an initial velocity of 7middot4 m sminus1 at an angle of 30deg to the horizontal

The sponge leaves the studentrsquos hand at a height of 1middot5 m above the ground

h

7middot4 m sminus1

30deg

1middot5 m

not to scale

The sponge hits the teacher

The effects of air resistance can be ignored

(a) (i) Calculate

(A) the horizontal component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

(B) the vertical component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

1

1

X757760107page 07

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

1 (a) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the time taken for the sponge to reach its maximum height

Space for working and answer

(iii) The sponge takes a further 0middot45 s to travel from its maximum height until it hits the teacher

Determine the height h above the ground at which the sponge hits the teacher

Space for working and answer

(b) The student throwing the sponge makes the following statement

ldquoIf the sponge is thrown with a higher speed at the same angle from the same height then it would take a shorter time to hit the teacher in the same placerdquo

Explain why the studentrsquos statement is incorrect

3

4

2

[Turn over

X757760108page 08

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 An internet shopping company is planning to use drones to deliver packages

package

drone

(a) During a test the drone is hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the drone is 5middot50 kg

The mass of the package is 1middot25 kg

(i) Determine the upward force produced by the drone

Space for working and answer

3

X757760109page 09

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (a) (continued)

(ii) The package is now lowered using a motor and a cable

A battery supplies 12 V across the motor The resistance of the motor is 9∙6 Ω

Calculate the power dissipated by the motor

Space for working and answer

(iii) While the package is being lowered the cable breaks

The upward force produced by the drone remains constant

Describe the vertical motion of the drone immediately after the cable breaks

Justify your answer

[Turn over

3

2

X757760110page 10

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (continued)

(b) To carry a package with a greater mass two drones are used as shown

not to scale

cable

3∙4 kg

drone

35deg

package

drone

cable35deg

The drones are hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the package suspended from the two drones is 3middot4 kg

Determine the tension in each cable

Space for working and answer

4

X757760111page 11

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760112page 12

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 A student sets up an experiment to investigate a collision between two vehicles on a frictionless air track

not to scale

card

vehicle Y

motion sensor

vehicle X

to computer

air track

Vehicle X of mass 0middot75 kg is travelling to the right along the track

Vehicle Y of mass 0middot50 kg is travelling to the left along the track with a speed of 0middot30 m sminus1

The vehicles collide and move off separately

A computer displays a graph showing the velocity of vehicle X from just before the collision to just after the collision

velocity (m sminus1)

time (s)1∙000∙900∙800∙700∙50

0∙60

0∙400∙300∙200

0∙10 0∙60

0∙50

0∙40

0∙30

0∙20

0∙10

0

X757760113page 13

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(a) Show that the velocity of vehicle Y after the collision is 0middot42 m sminus1

Space for working and answer

(b) Determine the impulse on vehicle Y during the collision

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

2

3

X757760114page 14

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(c) Explain how the student would determine whether the collision was elastic or inelastic 2

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

page 03

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marks

Attempt ALL questions

1 A car is moving at a speed of 2middot0 m sminus1

The car now accelerates at 4middot0 m sminus2 until it reaches a speed of 14 m sminus1

The distance travelled by the car during this acceleration is

A 1middot5 m

B 18 m

C 24 m

D 25 m

E 48 m

2 A ball is dropped from rest and allowed to bounce several times

The graph shows how the velocity of the ball varies with time

P

Qtime

velocity

S

R0

A student makes the following statements about the ball

I The ball hits the ground at P

II The ball is moving upwards between Q and R

III The ball is moving upwards between R and S

Which of these statements isare correct

A I only

B II only

C III only

D I and II only

E I and III only

[Turn over

page 04

3 A block of mass 6middot0 kg and a block of mass 8middot0 kg are connected by a string

A force of 32 N is applied to the blocks as shown

8middot0 kg6middot0 kg 32 N

A frictional force of 4middot0 N acts on each block

The acceleration of the 6middot0 kg block is

A 1middot7 m sminus2

B 2middot0 m sminus2

C 2middot3 m sminus2

D 2middot9 m sminus2

E 5middot3 m sminus2

4 A person stands on a weighing machine in a lift When the lift is at rest the reading on the weighing machine is 700 N

The lift now descends and its speed increases at a constant rate

The reading on the weighing machine

A is a constant value higher than 700 N

B is a constant value lower than 700 N

C continually increases from 700 N

D continually decreases from 700 N

E remains constant at 700 N

5 Enceladus is a moon of Saturn The mass of Enceladus is 1middot08 times 1020 kg

The mass of Saturn is 5middot68 times 1026 kg

The gravitational force of attraction between Enceladus and Saturn is 7middot24 times 1019 N

The orbital radius of Enceladus around Saturn is

A 2middot38 times 108 m

B 9middot11 times 1013 m

C 5middot65 times 1016 m

D 8middot30 times 1027 m

E 3middot19 times 1033 m

page 05

6 A spacecraft is travelling at 0middot10c relative to a star

An observer on the spacecraft measures the speed of light emitted by the star to be

A 0middot90c

B 0middot99c

C 1middot00c

D 1middot01c

E 1middot10c

7 A spacecraft is travelling at a speed of 0middot200c relative to the Earth

The spacecraft emits a signal for 20middot0 seconds as measured in the frame of reference of the spacecraft

An observer on Earth measures the duration of the signal as

A 19middot2 s

B 19middot6 s

C 20middot0 s

D 20middot4 s

E 20middot8 s

8 How many types of quark are there

A 8

B 6

C 4

D 3

E 2

9 An electron is a

A boson

B hadron

C baryon

D meson

E lepton

[Turn over

page 06

10 A proton enters a region of magnetic field as shown

region of magnetic field

into page

proton

On entering the magnetic field the proton

A deflects into the page

B deflects out of the page

C deflects towards the top of the page

D deflects towards the bottom of the page

E is not deflected

11 A nuclear fission reaction is represented by the following statement

1 235 141 10 92 56 0n U Ba X 3 n+ rarr + +

The nucleus represented by X is

A 9640Zr

B 9236Kr

C 9740Zr

D 9336Kr

E 9440Zr

12 The irradiance on a surface 0middot50 m from a point source of light is IThe irradiance on a surface 1middot5 m from this source is

A 0middot11I

B 0middot33I

C 1middot5I

D 3middot0I

E 9middot0I

page 07

13 Waves from two coherent sources S1 and S2 produce an interference pattern Maxima are detected at the positions shown below

P

maxima

S1

S2

The path difference S1P minus S2P is 154 mm

The wavelength of the waves is

A 15middot4 mm

B 25middot7 mm

C 28middot0 mm

D 30middot8 mm

E 34middot2 mm

[Turn over

page 08

14 A ray of monochromatic light passes from air into a block of glass as shown

air glass

not to scale

The wavelength of this light in air is 6middot30 times 10minus7 m

The refractive index of the glass for this light is 1middot50

The frequency of this light in the glass is

A 2middot10 times 10minus15 Hz

B 1middot26 times 102 Hz

C 1middot89 times 102 Hz

D 4middot76 times 1014 Hz

E 7middot14 times 1014 Hz

page 09

15 A circuit is set up as shown

V

10 Ω10 Ω

10 Ω

S

A1

A2

12 V

The battery has negligible internal resistance

A student makes the following statements about the readings on the meters in this circuit

I WhenswitchSisopenthereadingonthevoltmeterwillbe60V

II When switch S is open the reading on A2 willbe060A

III When switch S is closed the reading on A1willbe080A

Which of these statements isare correct

A I only

B II only

C I and II only

D II and III only

E I II and III

16 The power dissipated in a 120 Ω resistor is 4middot8 W

The current in the resistor is

A 0middot020 A

B 0middot040 A

C 0middot20 A

D 5middot0 A

E 25 A

[Turn over

page 10

17 A 24middot0 μF capacitor is charged until the potential difference across it is 125 V

The charge stored on the capacitor is

A 5middot21 times 106 C

B 7middot75 times 10minus2 C

C 1middot50 times 10minus3 C

D 3middot00 times 10minus3 C

E 1middot92 times 10minus7 C

18 A circuit is set up as shown

12 V

220 μF

When the capacitor is fully charged the energy stored in the capacitor is

A 1middot6 times 10minus5 J

B 1middot3 times 10minus3 J

C 2middot6 times 10minus3 J

D 1middot6 times 10minus2 J

E 1middot6 times 104 J

page 11

19 The circuit shown is used to charge and then discharge a capacitor C

R

Cto

oscilloscope

Which pair of graphs shows how the potential difference V across the capacitor varies with time t during charging and discharging

A

B

C

D

E

t t

t t

t t

t t

t t

V V

V V

V V

V V

V V

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

Charging Discharging

[Turn over for next question

page 12

20 A student carries out an experiment to determine the specific heat capacity c of a solid

The relationship used to calculate c is

Ecm T

The recorded measurements and their percentage uncertainties are shown

energy supplied E = 5000 J plusmn 1

mass of solid m = 0middot20 kg plusmn 2

change in temperature ∆T = 4middot5 degC plusmn 5

A good estimate of the percentage uncertainty in the calculated value of c is

A 8

B 7

C 5

D 3

E 1

[END OF SECTION 1 NOW ATTEMPT THE QUESTIONS IN SECTION 2 OF YOUR QUESTION AND ANSWER BOOKLET]

X757760101

X7577601

HFOR OFFICIAL USE

Fill in these boxes and read what is printed below

Number of seat

Town

copy

Mark

Full name of centre

Forename(s) Surname

Scottish candidate numberDate of birth

YearDay Month

NationalQualications2018

Total marks mdash 130

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marksAttempt ALL questionsInstructions for the completion of Section 1 are given on page 02

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marksAttempt ALL questionsReference may be made to the Data Sheet on page 02 of the question paper X7577602 and to the Relationships Sheet X7577611Care should be taken to give an appropriate number of significant figures in the final answers to calculationsWrite your answers clearly in the spaces provided in this booklet Additional space for answers and rough work is provided at the end of this booklet If you use this space you must clearly identify the question number you are attempting Any rough work must be written in this booklet You should score through your rough work when you have written your final copyUse blue or black inkBefore leaving the examination room you must give this booklet to the Invigilator if you do not you may lose all the marks for this paper

X7577601

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

PhysicsSection 1 mdash Answer Grid

and Section 2

X757760102page 02

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marks

The questions for Section 1 are contained in the question paper X7577602

Read these and record your answers on the answer grid on page 03 opposite

Use blue or black ink Do NOT use gel pens or pencil

1 The answer to each question is either A B C D or E Decide what your answer is then fill in the appropriate bubble (see sample question below)

2 There is only one correct answer to each question

3 Any rough working should be done on the additional space for answers and rough work at the end of this booklet

Sample question

The energy unit measured by the electricity meter in your home is the

A ampere

B kilowatt-hour

C watt

D coulomb

E volt

The correct answer is B mdash kilowatt-hour The answer B bubble has been clearly filled in (see below)

A B C D E

Changing an answer

If you decide to change your answer cancel your first answer by putting a cross through it (see below) and fill in the answer you want The answer below has been changed to D

A B C D E

If you then decide to change back to an answer you have already scored out put a tick (3) to the right of the answer you want as shown below

A B C D E

or

A B C D E

X757760103page 03

OBJ20AE1

A B C D E

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

SECTION 1 mdash Answer Grid

[Turn over

X757760104page 04

[BLANK PAGE]

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760105page 05

[Turn over for SECTION 2

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760106page 06

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marks

Attempt ALL questions

1 During a school funfair a student throws a wet sponge at a teacher The sponge is thrown with an initial velocity of 7middot4 m sminus1 at an angle of 30deg to the horizontal

The sponge leaves the studentrsquos hand at a height of 1middot5 m above the ground

h

7middot4 m sminus1

30deg

1middot5 m

not to scale

The sponge hits the teacher

The effects of air resistance can be ignored

(a) (i) Calculate

(A) the horizontal component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

(B) the vertical component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

1

1

X757760107page 07

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

1 (a) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the time taken for the sponge to reach its maximum height

Space for working and answer

(iii) The sponge takes a further 0middot45 s to travel from its maximum height until it hits the teacher

Determine the height h above the ground at which the sponge hits the teacher

Space for working and answer

(b) The student throwing the sponge makes the following statement

ldquoIf the sponge is thrown with a higher speed at the same angle from the same height then it would take a shorter time to hit the teacher in the same placerdquo

Explain why the studentrsquos statement is incorrect

3

4

2

[Turn over

X757760108page 08

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 An internet shopping company is planning to use drones to deliver packages

package

drone

(a) During a test the drone is hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the drone is 5middot50 kg

The mass of the package is 1middot25 kg

(i) Determine the upward force produced by the drone

Space for working and answer

3

X757760109page 09

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (a) (continued)

(ii) The package is now lowered using a motor and a cable

A battery supplies 12 V across the motor The resistance of the motor is 9∙6 Ω

Calculate the power dissipated by the motor

Space for working and answer

(iii) While the package is being lowered the cable breaks

The upward force produced by the drone remains constant

Describe the vertical motion of the drone immediately after the cable breaks

Justify your answer

[Turn over

3

2

X757760110page 10

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (continued)

(b) To carry a package with a greater mass two drones are used as shown

not to scale

cable

3∙4 kg

drone

35deg

package

drone

cable35deg

The drones are hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the package suspended from the two drones is 3middot4 kg

Determine the tension in each cable

Space for working and answer

4

X757760111page 11

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760112page 12

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 A student sets up an experiment to investigate a collision between two vehicles on a frictionless air track

not to scale

card

vehicle Y

motion sensor

vehicle X

to computer

air track

Vehicle X of mass 0middot75 kg is travelling to the right along the track

Vehicle Y of mass 0middot50 kg is travelling to the left along the track with a speed of 0middot30 m sminus1

The vehicles collide and move off separately

A computer displays a graph showing the velocity of vehicle X from just before the collision to just after the collision

velocity (m sminus1)

time (s)1∙000∙900∙800∙700∙50

0∙60

0∙400∙300∙200

0∙10 0∙60

0∙50

0∙40

0∙30

0∙20

0∙10

0

X757760113page 13

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(a) Show that the velocity of vehicle Y after the collision is 0middot42 m sminus1

Space for working and answer

(b) Determine the impulse on vehicle Y during the collision

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

2

3

X757760114page 14

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(c) Explain how the student would determine whether the collision was elastic or inelastic 2

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

page 04

3 A block of mass 6middot0 kg and a block of mass 8middot0 kg are connected by a string

A force of 32 N is applied to the blocks as shown

8middot0 kg6middot0 kg 32 N

A frictional force of 4middot0 N acts on each block

The acceleration of the 6middot0 kg block is

A 1middot7 m sminus2

B 2middot0 m sminus2

C 2middot3 m sminus2

D 2middot9 m sminus2

E 5middot3 m sminus2

4 A person stands on a weighing machine in a lift When the lift is at rest the reading on the weighing machine is 700 N

The lift now descends and its speed increases at a constant rate

The reading on the weighing machine

A is a constant value higher than 700 N

B is a constant value lower than 700 N

C continually increases from 700 N

D continually decreases from 700 N

E remains constant at 700 N

5 Enceladus is a moon of Saturn The mass of Enceladus is 1middot08 times 1020 kg

The mass of Saturn is 5middot68 times 1026 kg

The gravitational force of attraction between Enceladus and Saturn is 7middot24 times 1019 N

The orbital radius of Enceladus around Saturn is

A 2middot38 times 108 m

B 9middot11 times 1013 m

C 5middot65 times 1016 m

D 8middot30 times 1027 m

E 3middot19 times 1033 m

page 05

6 A spacecraft is travelling at 0middot10c relative to a star

An observer on the spacecraft measures the speed of light emitted by the star to be

A 0middot90c

B 0middot99c

C 1middot00c

D 1middot01c

E 1middot10c

7 A spacecraft is travelling at a speed of 0middot200c relative to the Earth

The spacecraft emits a signal for 20middot0 seconds as measured in the frame of reference of the spacecraft

An observer on Earth measures the duration of the signal as

A 19middot2 s

B 19middot6 s

C 20middot0 s

D 20middot4 s

E 20middot8 s

8 How many types of quark are there

A 8

B 6

C 4

D 3

E 2

9 An electron is a

A boson

B hadron

C baryon

D meson

E lepton

[Turn over

page 06

10 A proton enters a region of magnetic field as shown

region of magnetic field

into page

proton

On entering the magnetic field the proton

A deflects into the page

B deflects out of the page

C deflects towards the top of the page

D deflects towards the bottom of the page

E is not deflected

11 A nuclear fission reaction is represented by the following statement

1 235 141 10 92 56 0n U Ba X 3 n+ rarr + +

The nucleus represented by X is

A 9640Zr

B 9236Kr

C 9740Zr

D 9336Kr

E 9440Zr

12 The irradiance on a surface 0middot50 m from a point source of light is IThe irradiance on a surface 1middot5 m from this source is

A 0middot11I

B 0middot33I

C 1middot5I

D 3middot0I

E 9middot0I

page 07

13 Waves from two coherent sources S1 and S2 produce an interference pattern Maxima are detected at the positions shown below

P

maxima

S1

S2

The path difference S1P minus S2P is 154 mm

The wavelength of the waves is

A 15middot4 mm

B 25middot7 mm

C 28middot0 mm

D 30middot8 mm

E 34middot2 mm

[Turn over

page 08

14 A ray of monochromatic light passes from air into a block of glass as shown

air glass

not to scale

The wavelength of this light in air is 6middot30 times 10minus7 m

The refractive index of the glass for this light is 1middot50

The frequency of this light in the glass is

A 2middot10 times 10minus15 Hz

B 1middot26 times 102 Hz

C 1middot89 times 102 Hz

D 4middot76 times 1014 Hz

E 7middot14 times 1014 Hz

page 09

15 A circuit is set up as shown

V

10 Ω10 Ω

10 Ω

S

A1

A2

12 V

The battery has negligible internal resistance

A student makes the following statements about the readings on the meters in this circuit

I WhenswitchSisopenthereadingonthevoltmeterwillbe60V

II When switch S is open the reading on A2 willbe060A

III When switch S is closed the reading on A1willbe080A

Which of these statements isare correct

A I only

B II only

C I and II only

D II and III only

E I II and III

16 The power dissipated in a 120 Ω resistor is 4middot8 W

The current in the resistor is

A 0middot020 A

B 0middot040 A

C 0middot20 A

D 5middot0 A

E 25 A

[Turn over

page 10

17 A 24middot0 μF capacitor is charged until the potential difference across it is 125 V

The charge stored on the capacitor is

A 5middot21 times 106 C

B 7middot75 times 10minus2 C

C 1middot50 times 10minus3 C

D 3middot00 times 10minus3 C

E 1middot92 times 10minus7 C

18 A circuit is set up as shown

12 V

220 μF

When the capacitor is fully charged the energy stored in the capacitor is

A 1middot6 times 10minus5 J

B 1middot3 times 10minus3 J

C 2middot6 times 10minus3 J

D 1middot6 times 10minus2 J

E 1middot6 times 104 J

page 11

19 The circuit shown is used to charge and then discharge a capacitor C

R

Cto

oscilloscope

Which pair of graphs shows how the potential difference V across the capacitor varies with time t during charging and discharging

A

B

C

D

E

t t

t t

t t

t t

t t

V V

V V

V V

V V

V V

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

Charging Discharging

[Turn over for next question

page 12

20 A student carries out an experiment to determine the specific heat capacity c of a solid

The relationship used to calculate c is

Ecm T

The recorded measurements and their percentage uncertainties are shown

energy supplied E = 5000 J plusmn 1

mass of solid m = 0middot20 kg plusmn 2

change in temperature ∆T = 4middot5 degC plusmn 5

A good estimate of the percentage uncertainty in the calculated value of c is

A 8

B 7

C 5

D 3

E 1

[END OF SECTION 1 NOW ATTEMPT THE QUESTIONS IN SECTION 2 OF YOUR QUESTION AND ANSWER BOOKLET]

X757760101

X7577601

HFOR OFFICIAL USE

Fill in these boxes and read what is printed below

Number of seat

Town

copy

Mark

Full name of centre

Forename(s) Surname

Scottish candidate numberDate of birth

YearDay Month

NationalQualications2018

Total marks mdash 130

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marksAttempt ALL questionsInstructions for the completion of Section 1 are given on page 02

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marksAttempt ALL questionsReference may be made to the Data Sheet on page 02 of the question paper X7577602 and to the Relationships Sheet X7577611Care should be taken to give an appropriate number of significant figures in the final answers to calculationsWrite your answers clearly in the spaces provided in this booklet Additional space for answers and rough work is provided at the end of this booklet If you use this space you must clearly identify the question number you are attempting Any rough work must be written in this booklet You should score through your rough work when you have written your final copyUse blue or black inkBefore leaving the examination room you must give this booklet to the Invigilator if you do not you may lose all the marks for this paper

X7577601

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

PhysicsSection 1 mdash Answer Grid

and Section 2

X757760102page 02

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marks

The questions for Section 1 are contained in the question paper X7577602

Read these and record your answers on the answer grid on page 03 opposite

Use blue or black ink Do NOT use gel pens or pencil

1 The answer to each question is either A B C D or E Decide what your answer is then fill in the appropriate bubble (see sample question below)

2 There is only one correct answer to each question

3 Any rough working should be done on the additional space for answers and rough work at the end of this booklet

Sample question

The energy unit measured by the electricity meter in your home is the

A ampere

B kilowatt-hour

C watt

D coulomb

E volt

The correct answer is B mdash kilowatt-hour The answer B bubble has been clearly filled in (see below)

A B C D E

Changing an answer

If you decide to change your answer cancel your first answer by putting a cross through it (see below) and fill in the answer you want The answer below has been changed to D

A B C D E

If you then decide to change back to an answer you have already scored out put a tick (3) to the right of the answer you want as shown below

A B C D E

or

A B C D E

X757760103page 03

OBJ20AE1

A B C D E

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

SECTION 1 mdash Answer Grid

[Turn over

X757760104page 04

[BLANK PAGE]

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760105page 05

[Turn over for SECTION 2

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760106page 06

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marks

Attempt ALL questions

1 During a school funfair a student throws a wet sponge at a teacher The sponge is thrown with an initial velocity of 7middot4 m sminus1 at an angle of 30deg to the horizontal

The sponge leaves the studentrsquos hand at a height of 1middot5 m above the ground

h

7middot4 m sminus1

30deg

1middot5 m

not to scale

The sponge hits the teacher

The effects of air resistance can be ignored

(a) (i) Calculate

(A) the horizontal component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

(B) the vertical component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

1

1

X757760107page 07

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

1 (a) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the time taken for the sponge to reach its maximum height

Space for working and answer

(iii) The sponge takes a further 0middot45 s to travel from its maximum height until it hits the teacher

Determine the height h above the ground at which the sponge hits the teacher

Space for working and answer

(b) The student throwing the sponge makes the following statement

ldquoIf the sponge is thrown with a higher speed at the same angle from the same height then it would take a shorter time to hit the teacher in the same placerdquo

Explain why the studentrsquos statement is incorrect

3

4

2

[Turn over

X757760108page 08

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 An internet shopping company is planning to use drones to deliver packages

package

drone

(a) During a test the drone is hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the drone is 5middot50 kg

The mass of the package is 1middot25 kg

(i) Determine the upward force produced by the drone

Space for working and answer

3

X757760109page 09

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (a) (continued)

(ii) The package is now lowered using a motor and a cable

A battery supplies 12 V across the motor The resistance of the motor is 9∙6 Ω

Calculate the power dissipated by the motor

Space for working and answer

(iii) While the package is being lowered the cable breaks

The upward force produced by the drone remains constant

Describe the vertical motion of the drone immediately after the cable breaks

Justify your answer

[Turn over

3

2

X757760110page 10

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (continued)

(b) To carry a package with a greater mass two drones are used as shown

not to scale

cable

3∙4 kg

drone

35deg

package

drone

cable35deg

The drones are hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the package suspended from the two drones is 3middot4 kg

Determine the tension in each cable

Space for working and answer

4

X757760111page 11

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760112page 12

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 A student sets up an experiment to investigate a collision between two vehicles on a frictionless air track

not to scale

card

vehicle Y

motion sensor

vehicle X

to computer

air track

Vehicle X of mass 0middot75 kg is travelling to the right along the track

Vehicle Y of mass 0middot50 kg is travelling to the left along the track with a speed of 0middot30 m sminus1

The vehicles collide and move off separately

A computer displays a graph showing the velocity of vehicle X from just before the collision to just after the collision

velocity (m sminus1)

time (s)1∙000∙900∙800∙700∙50

0∙60

0∙400∙300∙200

0∙10 0∙60

0∙50

0∙40

0∙30

0∙20

0∙10

0

X757760113page 13

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(a) Show that the velocity of vehicle Y after the collision is 0middot42 m sminus1

Space for working and answer

(b) Determine the impulse on vehicle Y during the collision

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

2

3

X757760114page 14

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(c) Explain how the student would determine whether the collision was elastic or inelastic 2

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

page 05

6 A spacecraft is travelling at 0middot10c relative to a star

An observer on the spacecraft measures the speed of light emitted by the star to be

A 0middot90c

B 0middot99c

C 1middot00c

D 1middot01c

E 1middot10c

7 A spacecraft is travelling at a speed of 0middot200c relative to the Earth

The spacecraft emits a signal for 20middot0 seconds as measured in the frame of reference of the spacecraft

An observer on Earth measures the duration of the signal as

A 19middot2 s

B 19middot6 s

C 20middot0 s

D 20middot4 s

E 20middot8 s

8 How many types of quark are there

A 8

B 6

C 4

D 3

E 2

9 An electron is a

A boson

B hadron

C baryon

D meson

E lepton

[Turn over

page 06

10 A proton enters a region of magnetic field as shown

region of magnetic field

into page

proton

On entering the magnetic field the proton

A deflects into the page

B deflects out of the page

C deflects towards the top of the page

D deflects towards the bottom of the page

E is not deflected

11 A nuclear fission reaction is represented by the following statement

1 235 141 10 92 56 0n U Ba X 3 n+ rarr + +

The nucleus represented by X is

A 9640Zr

B 9236Kr

C 9740Zr

D 9336Kr

E 9440Zr

12 The irradiance on a surface 0middot50 m from a point source of light is IThe irradiance on a surface 1middot5 m from this source is

A 0middot11I

B 0middot33I

C 1middot5I

D 3middot0I

E 9middot0I

page 07

13 Waves from two coherent sources S1 and S2 produce an interference pattern Maxima are detected at the positions shown below

P

maxima

S1

S2

The path difference S1P minus S2P is 154 mm

The wavelength of the waves is

A 15middot4 mm

B 25middot7 mm

C 28middot0 mm

D 30middot8 mm

E 34middot2 mm

[Turn over

page 08

14 A ray of monochromatic light passes from air into a block of glass as shown

air glass

not to scale

The wavelength of this light in air is 6middot30 times 10minus7 m

The refractive index of the glass for this light is 1middot50

The frequency of this light in the glass is

A 2middot10 times 10minus15 Hz

B 1middot26 times 102 Hz

C 1middot89 times 102 Hz

D 4middot76 times 1014 Hz

E 7middot14 times 1014 Hz

page 09

15 A circuit is set up as shown

V

10 Ω10 Ω

10 Ω

S

A1

A2

12 V

The battery has negligible internal resistance

A student makes the following statements about the readings on the meters in this circuit

I WhenswitchSisopenthereadingonthevoltmeterwillbe60V

II When switch S is open the reading on A2 willbe060A

III When switch S is closed the reading on A1willbe080A

Which of these statements isare correct

A I only

B II only

C I and II only

D II and III only

E I II and III

16 The power dissipated in a 120 Ω resistor is 4middot8 W

The current in the resistor is

A 0middot020 A

B 0middot040 A

C 0middot20 A

D 5middot0 A

E 25 A

[Turn over

page 10

17 A 24middot0 μF capacitor is charged until the potential difference across it is 125 V

The charge stored on the capacitor is

A 5middot21 times 106 C

B 7middot75 times 10minus2 C

C 1middot50 times 10minus3 C

D 3middot00 times 10minus3 C

E 1middot92 times 10minus7 C

18 A circuit is set up as shown

12 V

220 μF

When the capacitor is fully charged the energy stored in the capacitor is

A 1middot6 times 10minus5 J

B 1middot3 times 10minus3 J

C 2middot6 times 10minus3 J

D 1middot6 times 10minus2 J

E 1middot6 times 104 J

page 11

19 The circuit shown is used to charge and then discharge a capacitor C

R

Cto

oscilloscope

Which pair of graphs shows how the potential difference V across the capacitor varies with time t during charging and discharging

A

B

C

D

E

t t

t t

t t

t t

t t

V V

V V

V V

V V

V V

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

Charging Discharging

[Turn over for next question

page 12

20 A student carries out an experiment to determine the specific heat capacity c of a solid

The relationship used to calculate c is

Ecm T

The recorded measurements and their percentage uncertainties are shown

energy supplied E = 5000 J plusmn 1

mass of solid m = 0middot20 kg plusmn 2

change in temperature ∆T = 4middot5 degC plusmn 5

A good estimate of the percentage uncertainty in the calculated value of c is

A 8

B 7

C 5

D 3

E 1

[END OF SECTION 1 NOW ATTEMPT THE QUESTIONS IN SECTION 2 OF YOUR QUESTION AND ANSWER BOOKLET]

X757760101

X7577601

HFOR OFFICIAL USE

Fill in these boxes and read what is printed below

Number of seat

Town

copy

Mark

Full name of centre

Forename(s) Surname

Scottish candidate numberDate of birth

YearDay Month

NationalQualications2018

Total marks mdash 130

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marksAttempt ALL questionsInstructions for the completion of Section 1 are given on page 02

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marksAttempt ALL questionsReference may be made to the Data Sheet on page 02 of the question paper X7577602 and to the Relationships Sheet X7577611Care should be taken to give an appropriate number of significant figures in the final answers to calculationsWrite your answers clearly in the spaces provided in this booklet Additional space for answers and rough work is provided at the end of this booklet If you use this space you must clearly identify the question number you are attempting Any rough work must be written in this booklet You should score through your rough work when you have written your final copyUse blue or black inkBefore leaving the examination room you must give this booklet to the Invigilator if you do not you may lose all the marks for this paper

X7577601

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

PhysicsSection 1 mdash Answer Grid

and Section 2

X757760102page 02

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marks

The questions for Section 1 are contained in the question paper X7577602

Read these and record your answers on the answer grid on page 03 opposite

Use blue or black ink Do NOT use gel pens or pencil

1 The answer to each question is either A B C D or E Decide what your answer is then fill in the appropriate bubble (see sample question below)

2 There is only one correct answer to each question

3 Any rough working should be done on the additional space for answers and rough work at the end of this booklet

Sample question

The energy unit measured by the electricity meter in your home is the

A ampere

B kilowatt-hour

C watt

D coulomb

E volt

The correct answer is B mdash kilowatt-hour The answer B bubble has been clearly filled in (see below)

A B C D E

Changing an answer

If you decide to change your answer cancel your first answer by putting a cross through it (see below) and fill in the answer you want The answer below has been changed to D

A B C D E

If you then decide to change back to an answer you have already scored out put a tick (3) to the right of the answer you want as shown below

A B C D E

or

A B C D E

X757760103page 03

OBJ20AE1

A B C D E

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

SECTION 1 mdash Answer Grid

[Turn over

X757760104page 04

[BLANK PAGE]

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760105page 05

[Turn over for SECTION 2

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760106page 06

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marks

Attempt ALL questions

1 During a school funfair a student throws a wet sponge at a teacher The sponge is thrown with an initial velocity of 7middot4 m sminus1 at an angle of 30deg to the horizontal

The sponge leaves the studentrsquos hand at a height of 1middot5 m above the ground

h

7middot4 m sminus1

30deg

1middot5 m

not to scale

The sponge hits the teacher

The effects of air resistance can be ignored

(a) (i) Calculate

(A) the horizontal component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

(B) the vertical component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

1

1

X757760107page 07

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

1 (a) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the time taken for the sponge to reach its maximum height

Space for working and answer

(iii) The sponge takes a further 0middot45 s to travel from its maximum height until it hits the teacher

Determine the height h above the ground at which the sponge hits the teacher

Space for working and answer

(b) The student throwing the sponge makes the following statement

ldquoIf the sponge is thrown with a higher speed at the same angle from the same height then it would take a shorter time to hit the teacher in the same placerdquo

Explain why the studentrsquos statement is incorrect

3

4

2

[Turn over

X757760108page 08

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 An internet shopping company is planning to use drones to deliver packages

package

drone

(a) During a test the drone is hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the drone is 5middot50 kg

The mass of the package is 1middot25 kg

(i) Determine the upward force produced by the drone

Space for working and answer

3

X757760109page 09

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (a) (continued)

(ii) The package is now lowered using a motor and a cable

A battery supplies 12 V across the motor The resistance of the motor is 9∙6 Ω

Calculate the power dissipated by the motor

Space for working and answer

(iii) While the package is being lowered the cable breaks

The upward force produced by the drone remains constant

Describe the vertical motion of the drone immediately after the cable breaks

Justify your answer

[Turn over

3

2

X757760110page 10

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (continued)

(b) To carry a package with a greater mass two drones are used as shown

not to scale

cable

3∙4 kg

drone

35deg

package

drone

cable35deg

The drones are hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the package suspended from the two drones is 3middot4 kg

Determine the tension in each cable

Space for working and answer

4

X757760111page 11

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760112page 12

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 A student sets up an experiment to investigate a collision between two vehicles on a frictionless air track

not to scale

card

vehicle Y

motion sensor

vehicle X

to computer

air track

Vehicle X of mass 0middot75 kg is travelling to the right along the track

Vehicle Y of mass 0middot50 kg is travelling to the left along the track with a speed of 0middot30 m sminus1

The vehicles collide and move off separately

A computer displays a graph showing the velocity of vehicle X from just before the collision to just after the collision

velocity (m sminus1)

time (s)1∙000∙900∙800∙700∙50

0∙60

0∙400∙300∙200

0∙10 0∙60

0∙50

0∙40

0∙30

0∙20

0∙10

0

X757760113page 13

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(a) Show that the velocity of vehicle Y after the collision is 0middot42 m sminus1

Space for working and answer

(b) Determine the impulse on vehicle Y during the collision

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

2

3

X757760114page 14

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(c) Explain how the student would determine whether the collision was elastic or inelastic 2

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

page 06

10 A proton enters a region of magnetic field as shown

region of magnetic field

into page

proton

On entering the magnetic field the proton

A deflects into the page

B deflects out of the page

C deflects towards the top of the page

D deflects towards the bottom of the page

E is not deflected

11 A nuclear fission reaction is represented by the following statement

1 235 141 10 92 56 0n U Ba X 3 n+ rarr + +

The nucleus represented by X is

A 9640Zr

B 9236Kr

C 9740Zr

D 9336Kr

E 9440Zr

12 The irradiance on a surface 0middot50 m from a point source of light is IThe irradiance on a surface 1middot5 m from this source is

A 0middot11I

B 0middot33I

C 1middot5I

D 3middot0I

E 9middot0I

page 07

13 Waves from two coherent sources S1 and S2 produce an interference pattern Maxima are detected at the positions shown below

P

maxima

S1

S2

The path difference S1P minus S2P is 154 mm

The wavelength of the waves is

A 15middot4 mm

B 25middot7 mm

C 28middot0 mm

D 30middot8 mm

E 34middot2 mm

[Turn over

page 08

14 A ray of monochromatic light passes from air into a block of glass as shown

air glass

not to scale

The wavelength of this light in air is 6middot30 times 10minus7 m

The refractive index of the glass for this light is 1middot50

The frequency of this light in the glass is

A 2middot10 times 10minus15 Hz

B 1middot26 times 102 Hz

C 1middot89 times 102 Hz

D 4middot76 times 1014 Hz

E 7middot14 times 1014 Hz

page 09

15 A circuit is set up as shown

V

10 Ω10 Ω

10 Ω

S

A1

A2

12 V

The battery has negligible internal resistance

A student makes the following statements about the readings on the meters in this circuit

I WhenswitchSisopenthereadingonthevoltmeterwillbe60V

II When switch S is open the reading on A2 willbe060A

III When switch S is closed the reading on A1willbe080A

Which of these statements isare correct

A I only

B II only

C I and II only

D II and III only

E I II and III

16 The power dissipated in a 120 Ω resistor is 4middot8 W

The current in the resistor is

A 0middot020 A

B 0middot040 A

C 0middot20 A

D 5middot0 A

E 25 A

[Turn over

page 10

17 A 24middot0 μF capacitor is charged until the potential difference across it is 125 V

The charge stored on the capacitor is

A 5middot21 times 106 C

B 7middot75 times 10minus2 C

C 1middot50 times 10minus3 C

D 3middot00 times 10minus3 C

E 1middot92 times 10minus7 C

18 A circuit is set up as shown

12 V

220 μF

When the capacitor is fully charged the energy stored in the capacitor is

A 1middot6 times 10minus5 J

B 1middot3 times 10minus3 J

C 2middot6 times 10minus3 J

D 1middot6 times 10minus2 J

E 1middot6 times 104 J

page 11

19 The circuit shown is used to charge and then discharge a capacitor C

R

Cto

oscilloscope

Which pair of graphs shows how the potential difference V across the capacitor varies with time t during charging and discharging

A

B

C

D

E

t t

t t

t t

t t

t t

V V

V V

V V

V V

V V

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

Charging Discharging

[Turn over for next question

page 12

20 A student carries out an experiment to determine the specific heat capacity c of a solid

The relationship used to calculate c is

Ecm T

The recorded measurements and their percentage uncertainties are shown

energy supplied E = 5000 J plusmn 1

mass of solid m = 0middot20 kg plusmn 2

change in temperature ∆T = 4middot5 degC plusmn 5

A good estimate of the percentage uncertainty in the calculated value of c is

A 8

B 7

C 5

D 3

E 1

[END OF SECTION 1 NOW ATTEMPT THE QUESTIONS IN SECTION 2 OF YOUR QUESTION AND ANSWER BOOKLET]

X757760101

X7577601

HFOR OFFICIAL USE

Fill in these boxes and read what is printed below

Number of seat

Town

copy

Mark

Full name of centre

Forename(s) Surname

Scottish candidate numberDate of birth

YearDay Month

NationalQualications2018

Total marks mdash 130

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marksAttempt ALL questionsInstructions for the completion of Section 1 are given on page 02

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marksAttempt ALL questionsReference may be made to the Data Sheet on page 02 of the question paper X7577602 and to the Relationships Sheet X7577611Care should be taken to give an appropriate number of significant figures in the final answers to calculationsWrite your answers clearly in the spaces provided in this booklet Additional space for answers and rough work is provided at the end of this booklet If you use this space you must clearly identify the question number you are attempting Any rough work must be written in this booklet You should score through your rough work when you have written your final copyUse blue or black inkBefore leaving the examination room you must give this booklet to the Invigilator if you do not you may lose all the marks for this paper

X7577601

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

PhysicsSection 1 mdash Answer Grid

and Section 2

X757760102page 02

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marks

The questions for Section 1 are contained in the question paper X7577602

Read these and record your answers on the answer grid on page 03 opposite

Use blue or black ink Do NOT use gel pens or pencil

1 The answer to each question is either A B C D or E Decide what your answer is then fill in the appropriate bubble (see sample question below)

2 There is only one correct answer to each question

3 Any rough working should be done on the additional space for answers and rough work at the end of this booklet

Sample question

The energy unit measured by the electricity meter in your home is the

A ampere

B kilowatt-hour

C watt

D coulomb

E volt

The correct answer is B mdash kilowatt-hour The answer B bubble has been clearly filled in (see below)

A B C D E

Changing an answer

If you decide to change your answer cancel your first answer by putting a cross through it (see below) and fill in the answer you want The answer below has been changed to D

A B C D E

If you then decide to change back to an answer you have already scored out put a tick (3) to the right of the answer you want as shown below

A B C D E

or

A B C D E

X757760103page 03

OBJ20AE1

A B C D E

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

SECTION 1 mdash Answer Grid

[Turn over

X757760104page 04

[BLANK PAGE]

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760105page 05

[Turn over for SECTION 2

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760106page 06

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marks

Attempt ALL questions

1 During a school funfair a student throws a wet sponge at a teacher The sponge is thrown with an initial velocity of 7middot4 m sminus1 at an angle of 30deg to the horizontal

The sponge leaves the studentrsquos hand at a height of 1middot5 m above the ground

h

7middot4 m sminus1

30deg

1middot5 m

not to scale

The sponge hits the teacher

The effects of air resistance can be ignored

(a) (i) Calculate

(A) the horizontal component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

(B) the vertical component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

1

1

X757760107page 07

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

1 (a) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the time taken for the sponge to reach its maximum height

Space for working and answer

(iii) The sponge takes a further 0middot45 s to travel from its maximum height until it hits the teacher

Determine the height h above the ground at which the sponge hits the teacher

Space for working and answer

(b) The student throwing the sponge makes the following statement

ldquoIf the sponge is thrown with a higher speed at the same angle from the same height then it would take a shorter time to hit the teacher in the same placerdquo

Explain why the studentrsquos statement is incorrect

3

4

2

[Turn over

X757760108page 08

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 An internet shopping company is planning to use drones to deliver packages

package

drone

(a) During a test the drone is hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the drone is 5middot50 kg

The mass of the package is 1middot25 kg

(i) Determine the upward force produced by the drone

Space for working and answer

3

X757760109page 09

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (a) (continued)

(ii) The package is now lowered using a motor and a cable

A battery supplies 12 V across the motor The resistance of the motor is 9∙6 Ω

Calculate the power dissipated by the motor

Space for working and answer

(iii) While the package is being lowered the cable breaks

The upward force produced by the drone remains constant

Describe the vertical motion of the drone immediately after the cable breaks

Justify your answer

[Turn over

3

2

X757760110page 10

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (continued)

(b) To carry a package with a greater mass two drones are used as shown

not to scale

cable

3∙4 kg

drone

35deg

package

drone

cable35deg

The drones are hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the package suspended from the two drones is 3middot4 kg

Determine the tension in each cable

Space for working and answer

4

X757760111page 11

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760112page 12

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 A student sets up an experiment to investigate a collision between two vehicles on a frictionless air track

not to scale

card

vehicle Y

motion sensor

vehicle X

to computer

air track

Vehicle X of mass 0middot75 kg is travelling to the right along the track

Vehicle Y of mass 0middot50 kg is travelling to the left along the track with a speed of 0middot30 m sminus1

The vehicles collide and move off separately

A computer displays a graph showing the velocity of vehicle X from just before the collision to just after the collision

velocity (m sminus1)

time (s)1∙000∙900∙800∙700∙50

0∙60

0∙400∙300∙200

0∙10 0∙60

0∙50

0∙40

0∙30

0∙20

0∙10

0

X757760113page 13

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(a) Show that the velocity of vehicle Y after the collision is 0middot42 m sminus1

Space for working and answer

(b) Determine the impulse on vehicle Y during the collision

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

2

3

X757760114page 14

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(c) Explain how the student would determine whether the collision was elastic or inelastic 2

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

page 07

13 Waves from two coherent sources S1 and S2 produce an interference pattern Maxima are detected at the positions shown below

P

maxima

S1

S2

The path difference S1P minus S2P is 154 mm

The wavelength of the waves is

A 15middot4 mm

B 25middot7 mm

C 28middot0 mm

D 30middot8 mm

E 34middot2 mm

[Turn over

page 08

14 A ray of monochromatic light passes from air into a block of glass as shown

air glass

not to scale

The wavelength of this light in air is 6middot30 times 10minus7 m

The refractive index of the glass for this light is 1middot50

The frequency of this light in the glass is

A 2middot10 times 10minus15 Hz

B 1middot26 times 102 Hz

C 1middot89 times 102 Hz

D 4middot76 times 1014 Hz

E 7middot14 times 1014 Hz

page 09

15 A circuit is set up as shown

V

10 Ω10 Ω

10 Ω

S

A1

A2

12 V

The battery has negligible internal resistance

A student makes the following statements about the readings on the meters in this circuit

I WhenswitchSisopenthereadingonthevoltmeterwillbe60V

II When switch S is open the reading on A2 willbe060A

III When switch S is closed the reading on A1willbe080A

Which of these statements isare correct

A I only

B II only

C I and II only

D II and III only

E I II and III

16 The power dissipated in a 120 Ω resistor is 4middot8 W

The current in the resistor is

A 0middot020 A

B 0middot040 A

C 0middot20 A

D 5middot0 A

E 25 A

[Turn over

page 10

17 A 24middot0 μF capacitor is charged until the potential difference across it is 125 V

The charge stored on the capacitor is

A 5middot21 times 106 C

B 7middot75 times 10minus2 C

C 1middot50 times 10minus3 C

D 3middot00 times 10minus3 C

E 1middot92 times 10minus7 C

18 A circuit is set up as shown

12 V

220 μF

When the capacitor is fully charged the energy stored in the capacitor is

A 1middot6 times 10minus5 J

B 1middot3 times 10minus3 J

C 2middot6 times 10minus3 J

D 1middot6 times 10minus2 J

E 1middot6 times 104 J

page 11

19 The circuit shown is used to charge and then discharge a capacitor C

R

Cto

oscilloscope

Which pair of graphs shows how the potential difference V across the capacitor varies with time t during charging and discharging

A

B

C

D

E

t t

t t

t t

t t

t t

V V

V V

V V

V V

V V

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

Charging Discharging

[Turn over for next question

page 12

20 A student carries out an experiment to determine the specific heat capacity c of a solid

The relationship used to calculate c is

Ecm T

The recorded measurements and their percentage uncertainties are shown

energy supplied E = 5000 J plusmn 1

mass of solid m = 0middot20 kg plusmn 2

change in temperature ∆T = 4middot5 degC plusmn 5

A good estimate of the percentage uncertainty in the calculated value of c is

A 8

B 7

C 5

D 3

E 1

[END OF SECTION 1 NOW ATTEMPT THE QUESTIONS IN SECTION 2 OF YOUR QUESTION AND ANSWER BOOKLET]

X757760101

X7577601

HFOR OFFICIAL USE

Fill in these boxes and read what is printed below

Number of seat

Town

copy

Mark

Full name of centre

Forename(s) Surname

Scottish candidate numberDate of birth

YearDay Month

NationalQualications2018

Total marks mdash 130

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marksAttempt ALL questionsInstructions for the completion of Section 1 are given on page 02

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marksAttempt ALL questionsReference may be made to the Data Sheet on page 02 of the question paper X7577602 and to the Relationships Sheet X7577611Care should be taken to give an appropriate number of significant figures in the final answers to calculationsWrite your answers clearly in the spaces provided in this booklet Additional space for answers and rough work is provided at the end of this booklet If you use this space you must clearly identify the question number you are attempting Any rough work must be written in this booklet You should score through your rough work when you have written your final copyUse blue or black inkBefore leaving the examination room you must give this booklet to the Invigilator if you do not you may lose all the marks for this paper

X7577601

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

PhysicsSection 1 mdash Answer Grid

and Section 2

X757760102page 02

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marks

The questions for Section 1 are contained in the question paper X7577602

Read these and record your answers on the answer grid on page 03 opposite

Use blue or black ink Do NOT use gel pens or pencil

1 The answer to each question is either A B C D or E Decide what your answer is then fill in the appropriate bubble (see sample question below)

2 There is only one correct answer to each question

3 Any rough working should be done on the additional space for answers and rough work at the end of this booklet

Sample question

The energy unit measured by the electricity meter in your home is the

A ampere

B kilowatt-hour

C watt

D coulomb

E volt

The correct answer is B mdash kilowatt-hour The answer B bubble has been clearly filled in (see below)

A B C D E

Changing an answer

If you decide to change your answer cancel your first answer by putting a cross through it (see below) and fill in the answer you want The answer below has been changed to D

A B C D E

If you then decide to change back to an answer you have already scored out put a tick (3) to the right of the answer you want as shown below

A B C D E

or

A B C D E

X757760103page 03

OBJ20AE1

A B C D E

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

SECTION 1 mdash Answer Grid

[Turn over

X757760104page 04

[BLANK PAGE]

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760105page 05

[Turn over for SECTION 2

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760106page 06

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marks

Attempt ALL questions

1 During a school funfair a student throws a wet sponge at a teacher The sponge is thrown with an initial velocity of 7middot4 m sminus1 at an angle of 30deg to the horizontal

The sponge leaves the studentrsquos hand at a height of 1middot5 m above the ground

h

7middot4 m sminus1

30deg

1middot5 m

not to scale

The sponge hits the teacher

The effects of air resistance can be ignored

(a) (i) Calculate

(A) the horizontal component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

(B) the vertical component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

1

1

X757760107page 07

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

1 (a) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the time taken for the sponge to reach its maximum height

Space for working and answer

(iii) The sponge takes a further 0middot45 s to travel from its maximum height until it hits the teacher

Determine the height h above the ground at which the sponge hits the teacher

Space for working and answer

(b) The student throwing the sponge makes the following statement

ldquoIf the sponge is thrown with a higher speed at the same angle from the same height then it would take a shorter time to hit the teacher in the same placerdquo

Explain why the studentrsquos statement is incorrect

3

4

2

[Turn over

X757760108page 08

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 An internet shopping company is planning to use drones to deliver packages

package

drone

(a) During a test the drone is hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the drone is 5middot50 kg

The mass of the package is 1middot25 kg

(i) Determine the upward force produced by the drone

Space for working and answer

3

X757760109page 09

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (a) (continued)

(ii) The package is now lowered using a motor and a cable

A battery supplies 12 V across the motor The resistance of the motor is 9∙6 Ω

Calculate the power dissipated by the motor

Space for working and answer

(iii) While the package is being lowered the cable breaks

The upward force produced by the drone remains constant

Describe the vertical motion of the drone immediately after the cable breaks

Justify your answer

[Turn over

3

2

X757760110page 10

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (continued)

(b) To carry a package with a greater mass two drones are used as shown

not to scale

cable

3∙4 kg

drone

35deg

package

drone

cable35deg

The drones are hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the package suspended from the two drones is 3middot4 kg

Determine the tension in each cable

Space for working and answer

4

X757760111page 11

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760112page 12

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 A student sets up an experiment to investigate a collision between two vehicles on a frictionless air track

not to scale

card

vehicle Y

motion sensor

vehicle X

to computer

air track

Vehicle X of mass 0middot75 kg is travelling to the right along the track

Vehicle Y of mass 0middot50 kg is travelling to the left along the track with a speed of 0middot30 m sminus1

The vehicles collide and move off separately

A computer displays a graph showing the velocity of vehicle X from just before the collision to just after the collision

velocity (m sminus1)

time (s)1∙000∙900∙800∙700∙50

0∙60

0∙400∙300∙200

0∙10 0∙60

0∙50

0∙40

0∙30

0∙20

0∙10

0

X757760113page 13

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(a) Show that the velocity of vehicle Y after the collision is 0middot42 m sminus1

Space for working and answer

(b) Determine the impulse on vehicle Y during the collision

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

2

3

X757760114page 14

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(c) Explain how the student would determine whether the collision was elastic or inelastic 2

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

page 08

14 A ray of monochromatic light passes from air into a block of glass as shown

air glass

not to scale

The wavelength of this light in air is 6middot30 times 10minus7 m

The refractive index of the glass for this light is 1middot50

The frequency of this light in the glass is

A 2middot10 times 10minus15 Hz

B 1middot26 times 102 Hz

C 1middot89 times 102 Hz

D 4middot76 times 1014 Hz

E 7middot14 times 1014 Hz

page 09

15 A circuit is set up as shown

V

10 Ω10 Ω

10 Ω

S

A1

A2

12 V

The battery has negligible internal resistance

A student makes the following statements about the readings on the meters in this circuit

I WhenswitchSisopenthereadingonthevoltmeterwillbe60V

II When switch S is open the reading on A2 willbe060A

III When switch S is closed the reading on A1willbe080A

Which of these statements isare correct

A I only

B II only

C I and II only

D II and III only

E I II and III

16 The power dissipated in a 120 Ω resistor is 4middot8 W

The current in the resistor is

A 0middot020 A

B 0middot040 A

C 0middot20 A

D 5middot0 A

E 25 A

[Turn over

page 10

17 A 24middot0 μF capacitor is charged until the potential difference across it is 125 V

The charge stored on the capacitor is

A 5middot21 times 106 C

B 7middot75 times 10minus2 C

C 1middot50 times 10minus3 C

D 3middot00 times 10minus3 C

E 1middot92 times 10minus7 C

18 A circuit is set up as shown

12 V

220 μF

When the capacitor is fully charged the energy stored in the capacitor is

A 1middot6 times 10minus5 J

B 1middot3 times 10minus3 J

C 2middot6 times 10minus3 J

D 1middot6 times 10minus2 J

E 1middot6 times 104 J

page 11

19 The circuit shown is used to charge and then discharge a capacitor C

R

Cto

oscilloscope

Which pair of graphs shows how the potential difference V across the capacitor varies with time t during charging and discharging

A

B

C

D

E

t t

t t

t t

t t

t t

V V

V V

V V

V V

V V

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

Charging Discharging

[Turn over for next question

page 12

20 A student carries out an experiment to determine the specific heat capacity c of a solid

The relationship used to calculate c is

Ecm T

The recorded measurements and their percentage uncertainties are shown

energy supplied E = 5000 J plusmn 1

mass of solid m = 0middot20 kg plusmn 2

change in temperature ∆T = 4middot5 degC plusmn 5

A good estimate of the percentage uncertainty in the calculated value of c is

A 8

B 7

C 5

D 3

E 1

[END OF SECTION 1 NOW ATTEMPT THE QUESTIONS IN SECTION 2 OF YOUR QUESTION AND ANSWER BOOKLET]

X757760101

X7577601

HFOR OFFICIAL USE

Fill in these boxes and read what is printed below

Number of seat

Town

copy

Mark

Full name of centre

Forename(s) Surname

Scottish candidate numberDate of birth

YearDay Month

NationalQualications2018

Total marks mdash 130

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marksAttempt ALL questionsInstructions for the completion of Section 1 are given on page 02

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marksAttempt ALL questionsReference may be made to the Data Sheet on page 02 of the question paper X7577602 and to the Relationships Sheet X7577611Care should be taken to give an appropriate number of significant figures in the final answers to calculationsWrite your answers clearly in the spaces provided in this booklet Additional space for answers and rough work is provided at the end of this booklet If you use this space you must clearly identify the question number you are attempting Any rough work must be written in this booklet You should score through your rough work when you have written your final copyUse blue or black inkBefore leaving the examination room you must give this booklet to the Invigilator if you do not you may lose all the marks for this paper

X7577601

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

PhysicsSection 1 mdash Answer Grid

and Section 2

X757760102page 02

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marks

The questions for Section 1 are contained in the question paper X7577602

Read these and record your answers on the answer grid on page 03 opposite

Use blue or black ink Do NOT use gel pens or pencil

1 The answer to each question is either A B C D or E Decide what your answer is then fill in the appropriate bubble (see sample question below)

2 There is only one correct answer to each question

3 Any rough working should be done on the additional space for answers and rough work at the end of this booklet

Sample question

The energy unit measured by the electricity meter in your home is the

A ampere

B kilowatt-hour

C watt

D coulomb

E volt

The correct answer is B mdash kilowatt-hour The answer B bubble has been clearly filled in (see below)

A B C D E

Changing an answer

If you decide to change your answer cancel your first answer by putting a cross through it (see below) and fill in the answer you want The answer below has been changed to D

A B C D E

If you then decide to change back to an answer you have already scored out put a tick (3) to the right of the answer you want as shown below

A B C D E

or

A B C D E

X757760103page 03

OBJ20AE1

A B C D E

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

SECTION 1 mdash Answer Grid

[Turn over

X757760104page 04

[BLANK PAGE]

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760105page 05

[Turn over for SECTION 2

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760106page 06

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marks

Attempt ALL questions

1 During a school funfair a student throws a wet sponge at a teacher The sponge is thrown with an initial velocity of 7middot4 m sminus1 at an angle of 30deg to the horizontal

The sponge leaves the studentrsquos hand at a height of 1middot5 m above the ground

h

7middot4 m sminus1

30deg

1middot5 m

not to scale

The sponge hits the teacher

The effects of air resistance can be ignored

(a) (i) Calculate

(A) the horizontal component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

(B) the vertical component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

1

1

X757760107page 07

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

1 (a) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the time taken for the sponge to reach its maximum height

Space for working and answer

(iii) The sponge takes a further 0middot45 s to travel from its maximum height until it hits the teacher

Determine the height h above the ground at which the sponge hits the teacher

Space for working and answer

(b) The student throwing the sponge makes the following statement

ldquoIf the sponge is thrown with a higher speed at the same angle from the same height then it would take a shorter time to hit the teacher in the same placerdquo

Explain why the studentrsquos statement is incorrect

3

4

2

[Turn over

X757760108page 08

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 An internet shopping company is planning to use drones to deliver packages

package

drone

(a) During a test the drone is hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the drone is 5middot50 kg

The mass of the package is 1middot25 kg

(i) Determine the upward force produced by the drone

Space for working and answer

3

X757760109page 09

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (a) (continued)

(ii) The package is now lowered using a motor and a cable

A battery supplies 12 V across the motor The resistance of the motor is 9∙6 Ω

Calculate the power dissipated by the motor

Space for working and answer

(iii) While the package is being lowered the cable breaks

The upward force produced by the drone remains constant

Describe the vertical motion of the drone immediately after the cable breaks

Justify your answer

[Turn over

3

2

X757760110page 10

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (continued)

(b) To carry a package with a greater mass two drones are used as shown

not to scale

cable

3∙4 kg

drone

35deg

package

drone

cable35deg

The drones are hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the package suspended from the two drones is 3middot4 kg

Determine the tension in each cable

Space for working and answer

4

X757760111page 11

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760112page 12

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 A student sets up an experiment to investigate a collision between two vehicles on a frictionless air track

not to scale

card

vehicle Y

motion sensor

vehicle X

to computer

air track

Vehicle X of mass 0middot75 kg is travelling to the right along the track

Vehicle Y of mass 0middot50 kg is travelling to the left along the track with a speed of 0middot30 m sminus1

The vehicles collide and move off separately

A computer displays a graph showing the velocity of vehicle X from just before the collision to just after the collision

velocity (m sminus1)

time (s)1∙000∙900∙800∙700∙50

0∙60

0∙400∙300∙200

0∙10 0∙60

0∙50

0∙40

0∙30

0∙20

0∙10

0

X757760113page 13

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(a) Show that the velocity of vehicle Y after the collision is 0middot42 m sminus1

Space for working and answer

(b) Determine the impulse on vehicle Y during the collision

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

2

3

X757760114page 14

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(c) Explain how the student would determine whether the collision was elastic or inelastic 2

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

page 09

15 A circuit is set up as shown

V

10 Ω10 Ω

10 Ω

S

A1

A2

12 V

The battery has negligible internal resistance

A student makes the following statements about the readings on the meters in this circuit

I WhenswitchSisopenthereadingonthevoltmeterwillbe60V

II When switch S is open the reading on A2 willbe060A

III When switch S is closed the reading on A1willbe080A

Which of these statements isare correct

A I only

B II only

C I and II only

D II and III only

E I II and III

16 The power dissipated in a 120 Ω resistor is 4middot8 W

The current in the resistor is

A 0middot020 A

B 0middot040 A

C 0middot20 A

D 5middot0 A

E 25 A

[Turn over

page 10

17 A 24middot0 μF capacitor is charged until the potential difference across it is 125 V

The charge stored on the capacitor is

A 5middot21 times 106 C

B 7middot75 times 10minus2 C

C 1middot50 times 10minus3 C

D 3middot00 times 10minus3 C

E 1middot92 times 10minus7 C

18 A circuit is set up as shown

12 V

220 μF

When the capacitor is fully charged the energy stored in the capacitor is

A 1middot6 times 10minus5 J

B 1middot3 times 10minus3 J

C 2middot6 times 10minus3 J

D 1middot6 times 10minus2 J

E 1middot6 times 104 J

page 11

19 The circuit shown is used to charge and then discharge a capacitor C

R

Cto

oscilloscope

Which pair of graphs shows how the potential difference V across the capacitor varies with time t during charging and discharging

A

B

C

D

E

t t

t t

t t

t t

t t

V V

V V

V V

V V

V V

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

Charging Discharging

[Turn over for next question

page 12

20 A student carries out an experiment to determine the specific heat capacity c of a solid

The relationship used to calculate c is

Ecm T

The recorded measurements and their percentage uncertainties are shown

energy supplied E = 5000 J plusmn 1

mass of solid m = 0middot20 kg plusmn 2

change in temperature ∆T = 4middot5 degC plusmn 5

A good estimate of the percentage uncertainty in the calculated value of c is

A 8

B 7

C 5

D 3

E 1

[END OF SECTION 1 NOW ATTEMPT THE QUESTIONS IN SECTION 2 OF YOUR QUESTION AND ANSWER BOOKLET]

X757760101

X7577601

HFOR OFFICIAL USE

Fill in these boxes and read what is printed below

Number of seat

Town

copy

Mark

Full name of centre

Forename(s) Surname

Scottish candidate numberDate of birth

YearDay Month

NationalQualications2018

Total marks mdash 130

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marksAttempt ALL questionsInstructions for the completion of Section 1 are given on page 02

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marksAttempt ALL questionsReference may be made to the Data Sheet on page 02 of the question paper X7577602 and to the Relationships Sheet X7577611Care should be taken to give an appropriate number of significant figures in the final answers to calculationsWrite your answers clearly in the spaces provided in this booklet Additional space for answers and rough work is provided at the end of this booklet If you use this space you must clearly identify the question number you are attempting Any rough work must be written in this booklet You should score through your rough work when you have written your final copyUse blue or black inkBefore leaving the examination room you must give this booklet to the Invigilator if you do not you may lose all the marks for this paper

X7577601

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

PhysicsSection 1 mdash Answer Grid

and Section 2

X757760102page 02

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marks

The questions for Section 1 are contained in the question paper X7577602

Read these and record your answers on the answer grid on page 03 opposite

Use blue or black ink Do NOT use gel pens or pencil

1 The answer to each question is either A B C D or E Decide what your answer is then fill in the appropriate bubble (see sample question below)

2 There is only one correct answer to each question

3 Any rough working should be done on the additional space for answers and rough work at the end of this booklet

Sample question

The energy unit measured by the electricity meter in your home is the

A ampere

B kilowatt-hour

C watt

D coulomb

E volt

The correct answer is B mdash kilowatt-hour The answer B bubble has been clearly filled in (see below)

A B C D E

Changing an answer

If you decide to change your answer cancel your first answer by putting a cross through it (see below) and fill in the answer you want The answer below has been changed to D

A B C D E

If you then decide to change back to an answer you have already scored out put a tick (3) to the right of the answer you want as shown below

A B C D E

or

A B C D E

X757760103page 03

OBJ20AE1

A B C D E

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

SECTION 1 mdash Answer Grid

[Turn over

X757760104page 04

[BLANK PAGE]

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760105page 05

[Turn over for SECTION 2

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760106page 06

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marks

Attempt ALL questions

1 During a school funfair a student throws a wet sponge at a teacher The sponge is thrown with an initial velocity of 7middot4 m sminus1 at an angle of 30deg to the horizontal

The sponge leaves the studentrsquos hand at a height of 1middot5 m above the ground

h

7middot4 m sminus1

30deg

1middot5 m

not to scale

The sponge hits the teacher

The effects of air resistance can be ignored

(a) (i) Calculate

(A) the horizontal component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

(B) the vertical component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

1

1

X757760107page 07

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

1 (a) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the time taken for the sponge to reach its maximum height

Space for working and answer

(iii) The sponge takes a further 0middot45 s to travel from its maximum height until it hits the teacher

Determine the height h above the ground at which the sponge hits the teacher

Space for working and answer

(b) The student throwing the sponge makes the following statement

ldquoIf the sponge is thrown with a higher speed at the same angle from the same height then it would take a shorter time to hit the teacher in the same placerdquo

Explain why the studentrsquos statement is incorrect

3

4

2

[Turn over

X757760108page 08

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 An internet shopping company is planning to use drones to deliver packages

package

drone

(a) During a test the drone is hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the drone is 5middot50 kg

The mass of the package is 1middot25 kg

(i) Determine the upward force produced by the drone

Space for working and answer

3

X757760109page 09

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (a) (continued)

(ii) The package is now lowered using a motor and a cable

A battery supplies 12 V across the motor The resistance of the motor is 9∙6 Ω

Calculate the power dissipated by the motor

Space for working and answer

(iii) While the package is being lowered the cable breaks

The upward force produced by the drone remains constant

Describe the vertical motion of the drone immediately after the cable breaks

Justify your answer

[Turn over

3

2

X757760110page 10

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (continued)

(b) To carry a package with a greater mass two drones are used as shown

not to scale

cable

3∙4 kg

drone

35deg

package

drone

cable35deg

The drones are hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the package suspended from the two drones is 3middot4 kg

Determine the tension in each cable

Space for working and answer

4

X757760111page 11

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760112page 12

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 A student sets up an experiment to investigate a collision between two vehicles on a frictionless air track

not to scale

card

vehicle Y

motion sensor

vehicle X

to computer

air track

Vehicle X of mass 0middot75 kg is travelling to the right along the track

Vehicle Y of mass 0middot50 kg is travelling to the left along the track with a speed of 0middot30 m sminus1

The vehicles collide and move off separately

A computer displays a graph showing the velocity of vehicle X from just before the collision to just after the collision

velocity (m sminus1)

time (s)1∙000∙900∙800∙700∙50

0∙60

0∙400∙300∙200

0∙10 0∙60

0∙50

0∙40

0∙30

0∙20

0∙10

0

X757760113page 13

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(a) Show that the velocity of vehicle Y after the collision is 0middot42 m sminus1

Space for working and answer

(b) Determine the impulse on vehicle Y during the collision

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

2

3

X757760114page 14

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(c) Explain how the student would determine whether the collision was elastic or inelastic 2

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

page 10

17 A 24middot0 μF capacitor is charged until the potential difference across it is 125 V

The charge stored on the capacitor is

A 5middot21 times 106 C

B 7middot75 times 10minus2 C

C 1middot50 times 10minus3 C

D 3middot00 times 10minus3 C

E 1middot92 times 10minus7 C

18 A circuit is set up as shown

12 V

220 μF

When the capacitor is fully charged the energy stored in the capacitor is

A 1middot6 times 10minus5 J

B 1middot3 times 10minus3 J

C 2middot6 times 10minus3 J

D 1middot6 times 10minus2 J

E 1middot6 times 104 J

page 11

19 The circuit shown is used to charge and then discharge a capacitor C

R

Cto

oscilloscope

Which pair of graphs shows how the potential difference V across the capacitor varies with time t during charging and discharging

A

B

C

D

E

t t

t t

t t

t t

t t

V V

V V

V V

V V

V V

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

Charging Discharging

[Turn over for next question

page 12

20 A student carries out an experiment to determine the specific heat capacity c of a solid

The relationship used to calculate c is

Ecm T

The recorded measurements and their percentage uncertainties are shown

energy supplied E = 5000 J plusmn 1

mass of solid m = 0middot20 kg plusmn 2

change in temperature ∆T = 4middot5 degC plusmn 5

A good estimate of the percentage uncertainty in the calculated value of c is

A 8

B 7

C 5

D 3

E 1

[END OF SECTION 1 NOW ATTEMPT THE QUESTIONS IN SECTION 2 OF YOUR QUESTION AND ANSWER BOOKLET]

X757760101

X7577601

HFOR OFFICIAL USE

Fill in these boxes and read what is printed below

Number of seat

Town

copy

Mark

Full name of centre

Forename(s) Surname

Scottish candidate numberDate of birth

YearDay Month

NationalQualications2018

Total marks mdash 130

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marksAttempt ALL questionsInstructions for the completion of Section 1 are given on page 02

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marksAttempt ALL questionsReference may be made to the Data Sheet on page 02 of the question paper X7577602 and to the Relationships Sheet X7577611Care should be taken to give an appropriate number of significant figures in the final answers to calculationsWrite your answers clearly in the spaces provided in this booklet Additional space for answers and rough work is provided at the end of this booklet If you use this space you must clearly identify the question number you are attempting Any rough work must be written in this booklet You should score through your rough work when you have written your final copyUse blue or black inkBefore leaving the examination room you must give this booklet to the Invigilator if you do not you may lose all the marks for this paper

X7577601

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

PhysicsSection 1 mdash Answer Grid

and Section 2

X757760102page 02

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marks

The questions for Section 1 are contained in the question paper X7577602

Read these and record your answers on the answer grid on page 03 opposite

Use blue or black ink Do NOT use gel pens or pencil

1 The answer to each question is either A B C D or E Decide what your answer is then fill in the appropriate bubble (see sample question below)

2 There is only one correct answer to each question

3 Any rough working should be done on the additional space for answers and rough work at the end of this booklet

Sample question

The energy unit measured by the electricity meter in your home is the

A ampere

B kilowatt-hour

C watt

D coulomb

E volt

The correct answer is B mdash kilowatt-hour The answer B bubble has been clearly filled in (see below)

A B C D E

Changing an answer

If you decide to change your answer cancel your first answer by putting a cross through it (see below) and fill in the answer you want The answer below has been changed to D

A B C D E

If you then decide to change back to an answer you have already scored out put a tick (3) to the right of the answer you want as shown below

A B C D E

or

A B C D E

X757760103page 03

OBJ20AE1

A B C D E

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

SECTION 1 mdash Answer Grid

[Turn over

X757760104page 04

[BLANK PAGE]

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760105page 05

[Turn over for SECTION 2

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760106page 06

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marks

Attempt ALL questions

1 During a school funfair a student throws a wet sponge at a teacher The sponge is thrown with an initial velocity of 7middot4 m sminus1 at an angle of 30deg to the horizontal

The sponge leaves the studentrsquos hand at a height of 1middot5 m above the ground

h

7middot4 m sminus1

30deg

1middot5 m

not to scale

The sponge hits the teacher

The effects of air resistance can be ignored

(a) (i) Calculate

(A) the horizontal component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

(B) the vertical component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

1

1

X757760107page 07

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

1 (a) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the time taken for the sponge to reach its maximum height

Space for working and answer

(iii) The sponge takes a further 0middot45 s to travel from its maximum height until it hits the teacher

Determine the height h above the ground at which the sponge hits the teacher

Space for working and answer

(b) The student throwing the sponge makes the following statement

ldquoIf the sponge is thrown with a higher speed at the same angle from the same height then it would take a shorter time to hit the teacher in the same placerdquo

Explain why the studentrsquos statement is incorrect

3

4

2

[Turn over

X757760108page 08

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 An internet shopping company is planning to use drones to deliver packages

package

drone

(a) During a test the drone is hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the drone is 5middot50 kg

The mass of the package is 1middot25 kg

(i) Determine the upward force produced by the drone

Space for working and answer

3

X757760109page 09

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (a) (continued)

(ii) The package is now lowered using a motor and a cable

A battery supplies 12 V across the motor The resistance of the motor is 9∙6 Ω

Calculate the power dissipated by the motor

Space for working and answer

(iii) While the package is being lowered the cable breaks

The upward force produced by the drone remains constant

Describe the vertical motion of the drone immediately after the cable breaks

Justify your answer

[Turn over

3

2

X757760110page 10

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (continued)

(b) To carry a package with a greater mass two drones are used as shown

not to scale

cable

3∙4 kg

drone

35deg

package

drone

cable35deg

The drones are hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the package suspended from the two drones is 3middot4 kg

Determine the tension in each cable

Space for working and answer

4

X757760111page 11

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760112page 12

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 A student sets up an experiment to investigate a collision between two vehicles on a frictionless air track

not to scale

card

vehicle Y

motion sensor

vehicle X

to computer

air track

Vehicle X of mass 0middot75 kg is travelling to the right along the track

Vehicle Y of mass 0middot50 kg is travelling to the left along the track with a speed of 0middot30 m sminus1

The vehicles collide and move off separately

A computer displays a graph showing the velocity of vehicle X from just before the collision to just after the collision

velocity (m sminus1)

time (s)1∙000∙900∙800∙700∙50

0∙60

0∙400∙300∙200

0∙10 0∙60

0∙50

0∙40

0∙30

0∙20

0∙10

0

X757760113page 13

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(a) Show that the velocity of vehicle Y after the collision is 0middot42 m sminus1

Space for working and answer

(b) Determine the impulse on vehicle Y during the collision

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

2

3

X757760114page 14

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(c) Explain how the student would determine whether the collision was elastic or inelastic 2

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

page 11

19 The circuit shown is used to charge and then discharge a capacitor C

R

Cto

oscilloscope

Which pair of graphs shows how the potential difference V across the capacitor varies with time t during charging and discharging

A

B

C

D

E

t t

t t

t t

t t

t t

V V

V V

V V

V V

V V

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

0 0

Charging Discharging

[Turn over for next question

page 12

20 A student carries out an experiment to determine the specific heat capacity c of a solid

The relationship used to calculate c is

Ecm T

The recorded measurements and their percentage uncertainties are shown

energy supplied E = 5000 J plusmn 1

mass of solid m = 0middot20 kg plusmn 2

change in temperature ∆T = 4middot5 degC plusmn 5

A good estimate of the percentage uncertainty in the calculated value of c is

A 8

B 7

C 5

D 3

E 1

[END OF SECTION 1 NOW ATTEMPT THE QUESTIONS IN SECTION 2 OF YOUR QUESTION AND ANSWER BOOKLET]

X757760101

X7577601

HFOR OFFICIAL USE

Fill in these boxes and read what is printed below

Number of seat

Town

copy

Mark

Full name of centre

Forename(s) Surname

Scottish candidate numberDate of birth

YearDay Month

NationalQualications2018

Total marks mdash 130

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marksAttempt ALL questionsInstructions for the completion of Section 1 are given on page 02

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marksAttempt ALL questionsReference may be made to the Data Sheet on page 02 of the question paper X7577602 and to the Relationships Sheet X7577611Care should be taken to give an appropriate number of significant figures in the final answers to calculationsWrite your answers clearly in the spaces provided in this booklet Additional space for answers and rough work is provided at the end of this booklet If you use this space you must clearly identify the question number you are attempting Any rough work must be written in this booklet You should score through your rough work when you have written your final copyUse blue or black inkBefore leaving the examination room you must give this booklet to the Invigilator if you do not you may lose all the marks for this paper

X7577601

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

PhysicsSection 1 mdash Answer Grid

and Section 2

X757760102page 02

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marks

The questions for Section 1 are contained in the question paper X7577602

Read these and record your answers on the answer grid on page 03 opposite

Use blue or black ink Do NOT use gel pens or pencil

1 The answer to each question is either A B C D or E Decide what your answer is then fill in the appropriate bubble (see sample question below)

2 There is only one correct answer to each question

3 Any rough working should be done on the additional space for answers and rough work at the end of this booklet

Sample question

The energy unit measured by the electricity meter in your home is the

A ampere

B kilowatt-hour

C watt

D coulomb

E volt

The correct answer is B mdash kilowatt-hour The answer B bubble has been clearly filled in (see below)

A B C D E

Changing an answer

If you decide to change your answer cancel your first answer by putting a cross through it (see below) and fill in the answer you want The answer below has been changed to D

A B C D E

If you then decide to change back to an answer you have already scored out put a tick (3) to the right of the answer you want as shown below

A B C D E

or

A B C D E

X757760103page 03

OBJ20AE1

A B C D E

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

SECTION 1 mdash Answer Grid

[Turn over

X757760104page 04

[BLANK PAGE]

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760105page 05

[Turn over for SECTION 2

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760106page 06

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marks

Attempt ALL questions

1 During a school funfair a student throws a wet sponge at a teacher The sponge is thrown with an initial velocity of 7middot4 m sminus1 at an angle of 30deg to the horizontal

The sponge leaves the studentrsquos hand at a height of 1middot5 m above the ground

h

7middot4 m sminus1

30deg

1middot5 m

not to scale

The sponge hits the teacher

The effects of air resistance can be ignored

(a) (i) Calculate

(A) the horizontal component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

(B) the vertical component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

1

1

X757760107page 07

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

1 (a) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the time taken for the sponge to reach its maximum height

Space for working and answer

(iii) The sponge takes a further 0middot45 s to travel from its maximum height until it hits the teacher

Determine the height h above the ground at which the sponge hits the teacher

Space for working and answer

(b) The student throwing the sponge makes the following statement

ldquoIf the sponge is thrown with a higher speed at the same angle from the same height then it would take a shorter time to hit the teacher in the same placerdquo

Explain why the studentrsquos statement is incorrect

3

4

2

[Turn over

X757760108page 08

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 An internet shopping company is planning to use drones to deliver packages

package

drone

(a) During a test the drone is hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the drone is 5middot50 kg

The mass of the package is 1middot25 kg

(i) Determine the upward force produced by the drone

Space for working and answer

3

X757760109page 09

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (a) (continued)

(ii) The package is now lowered using a motor and a cable

A battery supplies 12 V across the motor The resistance of the motor is 9∙6 Ω

Calculate the power dissipated by the motor

Space for working and answer

(iii) While the package is being lowered the cable breaks

The upward force produced by the drone remains constant

Describe the vertical motion of the drone immediately after the cable breaks

Justify your answer

[Turn over

3

2

X757760110page 10

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (continued)

(b) To carry a package with a greater mass two drones are used as shown

not to scale

cable

3∙4 kg

drone

35deg

package

drone

cable35deg

The drones are hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the package suspended from the two drones is 3middot4 kg

Determine the tension in each cable

Space for working and answer

4

X757760111page 11

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760112page 12

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 A student sets up an experiment to investigate a collision between two vehicles on a frictionless air track

not to scale

card

vehicle Y

motion sensor

vehicle X

to computer

air track

Vehicle X of mass 0middot75 kg is travelling to the right along the track

Vehicle Y of mass 0middot50 kg is travelling to the left along the track with a speed of 0middot30 m sminus1

The vehicles collide and move off separately

A computer displays a graph showing the velocity of vehicle X from just before the collision to just after the collision

velocity (m sminus1)

time (s)1∙000∙900∙800∙700∙50

0∙60

0∙400∙300∙200

0∙10 0∙60

0∙50

0∙40

0∙30

0∙20

0∙10

0

X757760113page 13

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(a) Show that the velocity of vehicle Y after the collision is 0middot42 m sminus1

Space for working and answer

(b) Determine the impulse on vehicle Y during the collision

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

2

3

X757760114page 14

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(c) Explain how the student would determine whether the collision was elastic or inelastic 2

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

page 12

20 A student carries out an experiment to determine the specific heat capacity c of a solid

The relationship used to calculate c is

Ecm T

The recorded measurements and their percentage uncertainties are shown

energy supplied E = 5000 J plusmn 1

mass of solid m = 0middot20 kg plusmn 2

change in temperature ∆T = 4middot5 degC plusmn 5

A good estimate of the percentage uncertainty in the calculated value of c is

A 8

B 7

C 5

D 3

E 1

[END OF SECTION 1 NOW ATTEMPT THE QUESTIONS IN SECTION 2 OF YOUR QUESTION AND ANSWER BOOKLET]

X757760101

X7577601

HFOR OFFICIAL USE

Fill in these boxes and read what is printed below

Number of seat

Town

copy

Mark

Full name of centre

Forename(s) Surname

Scottish candidate numberDate of birth

YearDay Month

NationalQualications2018

Total marks mdash 130

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marksAttempt ALL questionsInstructions for the completion of Section 1 are given on page 02

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marksAttempt ALL questionsReference may be made to the Data Sheet on page 02 of the question paper X7577602 and to the Relationships Sheet X7577611Care should be taken to give an appropriate number of significant figures in the final answers to calculationsWrite your answers clearly in the spaces provided in this booklet Additional space for answers and rough work is provided at the end of this booklet If you use this space you must clearly identify the question number you are attempting Any rough work must be written in this booklet You should score through your rough work when you have written your final copyUse blue or black inkBefore leaving the examination room you must give this booklet to the Invigilator if you do not you may lose all the marks for this paper

X7577601

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

PhysicsSection 1 mdash Answer Grid

and Section 2

X757760102page 02

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marks

The questions for Section 1 are contained in the question paper X7577602

Read these and record your answers on the answer grid on page 03 opposite

Use blue or black ink Do NOT use gel pens or pencil

1 The answer to each question is either A B C D or E Decide what your answer is then fill in the appropriate bubble (see sample question below)

2 There is only one correct answer to each question

3 Any rough working should be done on the additional space for answers and rough work at the end of this booklet

Sample question

The energy unit measured by the electricity meter in your home is the

A ampere

B kilowatt-hour

C watt

D coulomb

E volt

The correct answer is B mdash kilowatt-hour The answer B bubble has been clearly filled in (see below)

A B C D E

Changing an answer

If you decide to change your answer cancel your first answer by putting a cross through it (see below) and fill in the answer you want The answer below has been changed to D

A B C D E

If you then decide to change back to an answer you have already scored out put a tick (3) to the right of the answer you want as shown below

A B C D E

or

A B C D E

X757760103page 03

OBJ20AE1

A B C D E

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

SECTION 1 mdash Answer Grid

[Turn over

X757760104page 04

[BLANK PAGE]

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760105page 05

[Turn over for SECTION 2

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760106page 06

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marks

Attempt ALL questions

1 During a school funfair a student throws a wet sponge at a teacher The sponge is thrown with an initial velocity of 7middot4 m sminus1 at an angle of 30deg to the horizontal

The sponge leaves the studentrsquos hand at a height of 1middot5 m above the ground

h

7middot4 m sminus1

30deg

1middot5 m

not to scale

The sponge hits the teacher

The effects of air resistance can be ignored

(a) (i) Calculate

(A) the horizontal component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

(B) the vertical component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

1

1

X757760107page 07

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

1 (a) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the time taken for the sponge to reach its maximum height

Space for working and answer

(iii) The sponge takes a further 0middot45 s to travel from its maximum height until it hits the teacher

Determine the height h above the ground at which the sponge hits the teacher

Space for working and answer

(b) The student throwing the sponge makes the following statement

ldquoIf the sponge is thrown with a higher speed at the same angle from the same height then it would take a shorter time to hit the teacher in the same placerdquo

Explain why the studentrsquos statement is incorrect

3

4

2

[Turn over

X757760108page 08

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 An internet shopping company is planning to use drones to deliver packages

package

drone

(a) During a test the drone is hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the drone is 5middot50 kg

The mass of the package is 1middot25 kg

(i) Determine the upward force produced by the drone

Space for working and answer

3

X757760109page 09

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (a) (continued)

(ii) The package is now lowered using a motor and a cable

A battery supplies 12 V across the motor The resistance of the motor is 9∙6 Ω

Calculate the power dissipated by the motor

Space for working and answer

(iii) While the package is being lowered the cable breaks

The upward force produced by the drone remains constant

Describe the vertical motion of the drone immediately after the cable breaks

Justify your answer

[Turn over

3

2

X757760110page 10

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (continued)

(b) To carry a package with a greater mass two drones are used as shown

not to scale

cable

3∙4 kg

drone

35deg

package

drone

cable35deg

The drones are hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the package suspended from the two drones is 3middot4 kg

Determine the tension in each cable

Space for working and answer

4

X757760111page 11

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760112page 12

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 A student sets up an experiment to investigate a collision between two vehicles on a frictionless air track

not to scale

card

vehicle Y

motion sensor

vehicle X

to computer

air track

Vehicle X of mass 0middot75 kg is travelling to the right along the track

Vehicle Y of mass 0middot50 kg is travelling to the left along the track with a speed of 0middot30 m sminus1

The vehicles collide and move off separately

A computer displays a graph showing the velocity of vehicle X from just before the collision to just after the collision

velocity (m sminus1)

time (s)1∙000∙900∙800∙700∙50

0∙60

0∙400∙300∙200

0∙10 0∙60

0∙50

0∙40

0∙30

0∙20

0∙10

0

X757760113page 13

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(a) Show that the velocity of vehicle Y after the collision is 0middot42 m sminus1

Space for working and answer

(b) Determine the impulse on vehicle Y during the collision

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

2

3

X757760114page 14

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(c) Explain how the student would determine whether the collision was elastic or inelastic 2

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760101

X7577601

HFOR OFFICIAL USE

Fill in these boxes and read what is printed below

Number of seat

Town

copy

Mark

Full name of centre

Forename(s) Surname

Scottish candidate numberDate of birth

YearDay Month

NationalQualications2018

Total marks mdash 130

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marksAttempt ALL questionsInstructions for the completion of Section 1 are given on page 02

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marksAttempt ALL questionsReference may be made to the Data Sheet on page 02 of the question paper X7577602 and to the Relationships Sheet X7577611Care should be taken to give an appropriate number of significant figures in the final answers to calculationsWrite your answers clearly in the spaces provided in this booklet Additional space for answers and rough work is provided at the end of this booklet If you use this space you must clearly identify the question number you are attempting Any rough work must be written in this booklet You should score through your rough work when you have written your final copyUse blue or black inkBefore leaving the examination room you must give this booklet to the Invigilator if you do not you may lose all the marks for this paper

X7577601

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

PhysicsSection 1 mdash Answer Grid

and Section 2

X757760102page 02

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marks

The questions for Section 1 are contained in the question paper X7577602

Read these and record your answers on the answer grid on page 03 opposite

Use blue or black ink Do NOT use gel pens or pencil

1 The answer to each question is either A B C D or E Decide what your answer is then fill in the appropriate bubble (see sample question below)

2 There is only one correct answer to each question

3 Any rough working should be done on the additional space for answers and rough work at the end of this booklet

Sample question

The energy unit measured by the electricity meter in your home is the

A ampere

B kilowatt-hour

C watt

D coulomb

E volt

The correct answer is B mdash kilowatt-hour The answer B bubble has been clearly filled in (see below)

A B C D E

Changing an answer

If you decide to change your answer cancel your first answer by putting a cross through it (see below) and fill in the answer you want The answer below has been changed to D

A B C D E

If you then decide to change back to an answer you have already scored out put a tick (3) to the right of the answer you want as shown below

A B C D E

or

A B C D E

X757760103page 03

OBJ20AE1

A B C D E

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

SECTION 1 mdash Answer Grid

[Turn over

X757760104page 04

[BLANK PAGE]

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760105page 05

[Turn over for SECTION 2

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760106page 06

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marks

Attempt ALL questions

1 During a school funfair a student throws a wet sponge at a teacher The sponge is thrown with an initial velocity of 7middot4 m sminus1 at an angle of 30deg to the horizontal

The sponge leaves the studentrsquos hand at a height of 1middot5 m above the ground

h

7middot4 m sminus1

30deg

1middot5 m

not to scale

The sponge hits the teacher

The effects of air resistance can be ignored

(a) (i) Calculate

(A) the horizontal component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

(B) the vertical component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

1

1

X757760107page 07

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

1 (a) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the time taken for the sponge to reach its maximum height

Space for working and answer

(iii) The sponge takes a further 0middot45 s to travel from its maximum height until it hits the teacher

Determine the height h above the ground at which the sponge hits the teacher

Space for working and answer

(b) The student throwing the sponge makes the following statement

ldquoIf the sponge is thrown with a higher speed at the same angle from the same height then it would take a shorter time to hit the teacher in the same placerdquo

Explain why the studentrsquos statement is incorrect

3

4

2

[Turn over

X757760108page 08

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 An internet shopping company is planning to use drones to deliver packages

package

drone

(a) During a test the drone is hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the drone is 5middot50 kg

The mass of the package is 1middot25 kg

(i) Determine the upward force produced by the drone

Space for working and answer

3

X757760109page 09

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (a) (continued)

(ii) The package is now lowered using a motor and a cable

A battery supplies 12 V across the motor The resistance of the motor is 9∙6 Ω

Calculate the power dissipated by the motor

Space for working and answer

(iii) While the package is being lowered the cable breaks

The upward force produced by the drone remains constant

Describe the vertical motion of the drone immediately after the cable breaks

Justify your answer

[Turn over

3

2

X757760110page 10

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (continued)

(b) To carry a package with a greater mass two drones are used as shown

not to scale

cable

3∙4 kg

drone

35deg

package

drone

cable35deg

The drones are hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the package suspended from the two drones is 3middot4 kg

Determine the tension in each cable

Space for working and answer

4

X757760111page 11

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760112page 12

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 A student sets up an experiment to investigate a collision between two vehicles on a frictionless air track

not to scale

card

vehicle Y

motion sensor

vehicle X

to computer

air track

Vehicle X of mass 0middot75 kg is travelling to the right along the track

Vehicle Y of mass 0middot50 kg is travelling to the left along the track with a speed of 0middot30 m sminus1

The vehicles collide and move off separately

A computer displays a graph showing the velocity of vehicle X from just before the collision to just after the collision

velocity (m sminus1)

time (s)1∙000∙900∙800∙700∙50

0∙60

0∙400∙300∙200

0∙10 0∙60

0∙50

0∙40

0∙30

0∙20

0∙10

0

X757760113page 13

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(a) Show that the velocity of vehicle Y after the collision is 0middot42 m sminus1

Space for working and answer

(b) Determine the impulse on vehicle Y during the collision

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

2

3

X757760114page 14

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(c) Explain how the student would determine whether the collision was elastic or inelastic 2

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760102page 02

SECTION 1 mdash 20 marks

The questions for Section 1 are contained in the question paper X7577602

Read these and record your answers on the answer grid on page 03 opposite

Use blue or black ink Do NOT use gel pens or pencil

1 The answer to each question is either A B C D or E Decide what your answer is then fill in the appropriate bubble (see sample question below)

2 There is only one correct answer to each question

3 Any rough working should be done on the additional space for answers and rough work at the end of this booklet

Sample question

The energy unit measured by the electricity meter in your home is the

A ampere

B kilowatt-hour

C watt

D coulomb

E volt

The correct answer is B mdash kilowatt-hour The answer B bubble has been clearly filled in (see below)

A B C D E

Changing an answer

If you decide to change your answer cancel your first answer by putting a cross through it (see below) and fill in the answer you want The answer below has been changed to D

A B C D E

If you then decide to change back to an answer you have already scored out put a tick (3) to the right of the answer you want as shown below

A B C D E

or

A B C D E

X757760103page 03

OBJ20AE1

A B C D E

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

SECTION 1 mdash Answer Grid

[Turn over

X757760104page 04

[BLANK PAGE]

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760105page 05

[Turn over for SECTION 2

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760106page 06

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marks

Attempt ALL questions

1 During a school funfair a student throws a wet sponge at a teacher The sponge is thrown with an initial velocity of 7middot4 m sminus1 at an angle of 30deg to the horizontal

The sponge leaves the studentrsquos hand at a height of 1middot5 m above the ground

h

7middot4 m sminus1

30deg

1middot5 m

not to scale

The sponge hits the teacher

The effects of air resistance can be ignored

(a) (i) Calculate

(A) the horizontal component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

(B) the vertical component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

1

1

X757760107page 07

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

1 (a) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the time taken for the sponge to reach its maximum height

Space for working and answer

(iii) The sponge takes a further 0middot45 s to travel from its maximum height until it hits the teacher

Determine the height h above the ground at which the sponge hits the teacher

Space for working and answer

(b) The student throwing the sponge makes the following statement

ldquoIf the sponge is thrown with a higher speed at the same angle from the same height then it would take a shorter time to hit the teacher in the same placerdquo

Explain why the studentrsquos statement is incorrect

3

4

2

[Turn over

X757760108page 08

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 An internet shopping company is planning to use drones to deliver packages

package

drone

(a) During a test the drone is hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the drone is 5middot50 kg

The mass of the package is 1middot25 kg

(i) Determine the upward force produced by the drone

Space for working and answer

3

X757760109page 09

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (a) (continued)

(ii) The package is now lowered using a motor and a cable

A battery supplies 12 V across the motor The resistance of the motor is 9∙6 Ω

Calculate the power dissipated by the motor

Space for working and answer

(iii) While the package is being lowered the cable breaks

The upward force produced by the drone remains constant

Describe the vertical motion of the drone immediately after the cable breaks

Justify your answer

[Turn over

3

2

X757760110page 10

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (continued)

(b) To carry a package with a greater mass two drones are used as shown

not to scale

cable

3∙4 kg

drone

35deg

package

drone

cable35deg

The drones are hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the package suspended from the two drones is 3middot4 kg

Determine the tension in each cable

Space for working and answer

4

X757760111page 11

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760112page 12

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 A student sets up an experiment to investigate a collision between two vehicles on a frictionless air track

not to scale

card

vehicle Y

motion sensor

vehicle X

to computer

air track

Vehicle X of mass 0middot75 kg is travelling to the right along the track

Vehicle Y of mass 0middot50 kg is travelling to the left along the track with a speed of 0middot30 m sminus1

The vehicles collide and move off separately

A computer displays a graph showing the velocity of vehicle X from just before the collision to just after the collision

velocity (m sminus1)

time (s)1∙000∙900∙800∙700∙50

0∙60

0∙400∙300∙200

0∙10 0∙60

0∙50

0∙40

0∙30

0∙20

0∙10

0

X757760113page 13

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(a) Show that the velocity of vehicle Y after the collision is 0middot42 m sminus1

Space for working and answer

(b) Determine the impulse on vehicle Y during the collision

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

2

3

X757760114page 14

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(c) Explain how the student would determine whether the collision was elastic or inelastic 2

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760103page 03

OBJ20AE1

A B C D E

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

SECTION 1 mdash Answer Grid

[Turn over

X757760104page 04

[BLANK PAGE]

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760105page 05

[Turn over for SECTION 2

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760106page 06

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marks

Attempt ALL questions

1 During a school funfair a student throws a wet sponge at a teacher The sponge is thrown with an initial velocity of 7middot4 m sminus1 at an angle of 30deg to the horizontal

The sponge leaves the studentrsquos hand at a height of 1middot5 m above the ground

h

7middot4 m sminus1

30deg

1middot5 m

not to scale

The sponge hits the teacher

The effects of air resistance can be ignored

(a) (i) Calculate

(A) the horizontal component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

(B) the vertical component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

1

1

X757760107page 07

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

1 (a) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the time taken for the sponge to reach its maximum height

Space for working and answer

(iii) The sponge takes a further 0middot45 s to travel from its maximum height until it hits the teacher

Determine the height h above the ground at which the sponge hits the teacher

Space for working and answer

(b) The student throwing the sponge makes the following statement

ldquoIf the sponge is thrown with a higher speed at the same angle from the same height then it would take a shorter time to hit the teacher in the same placerdquo

Explain why the studentrsquos statement is incorrect

3

4

2

[Turn over

X757760108page 08

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 An internet shopping company is planning to use drones to deliver packages

package

drone

(a) During a test the drone is hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the drone is 5middot50 kg

The mass of the package is 1middot25 kg

(i) Determine the upward force produced by the drone

Space for working and answer

3

X757760109page 09

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (a) (continued)

(ii) The package is now lowered using a motor and a cable

A battery supplies 12 V across the motor The resistance of the motor is 9∙6 Ω

Calculate the power dissipated by the motor

Space for working and answer

(iii) While the package is being lowered the cable breaks

The upward force produced by the drone remains constant

Describe the vertical motion of the drone immediately after the cable breaks

Justify your answer

[Turn over

3

2

X757760110page 10

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (continued)

(b) To carry a package with a greater mass two drones are used as shown

not to scale

cable

3∙4 kg

drone

35deg

package

drone

cable35deg

The drones are hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the package suspended from the two drones is 3middot4 kg

Determine the tension in each cable

Space for working and answer

4

X757760111page 11

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760112page 12

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 A student sets up an experiment to investigate a collision between two vehicles on a frictionless air track

not to scale

card

vehicle Y

motion sensor

vehicle X

to computer

air track

Vehicle X of mass 0middot75 kg is travelling to the right along the track

Vehicle Y of mass 0middot50 kg is travelling to the left along the track with a speed of 0middot30 m sminus1

The vehicles collide and move off separately

A computer displays a graph showing the velocity of vehicle X from just before the collision to just after the collision

velocity (m sminus1)

time (s)1∙000∙900∙800∙700∙50

0∙60

0∙400∙300∙200

0∙10 0∙60

0∙50

0∙40

0∙30

0∙20

0∙10

0

X757760113page 13

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(a) Show that the velocity of vehicle Y after the collision is 0middot42 m sminus1

Space for working and answer

(b) Determine the impulse on vehicle Y during the collision

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

2

3

X757760114page 14

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(c) Explain how the student would determine whether the collision was elastic or inelastic 2

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760104page 04

[BLANK PAGE]

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760105page 05

[Turn over for SECTION 2

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760106page 06

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marks

Attempt ALL questions

1 During a school funfair a student throws a wet sponge at a teacher The sponge is thrown with an initial velocity of 7middot4 m sminus1 at an angle of 30deg to the horizontal

The sponge leaves the studentrsquos hand at a height of 1middot5 m above the ground

h

7middot4 m sminus1

30deg

1middot5 m

not to scale

The sponge hits the teacher

The effects of air resistance can be ignored

(a) (i) Calculate

(A) the horizontal component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

(B) the vertical component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

1

1

X757760107page 07

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

1 (a) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the time taken for the sponge to reach its maximum height

Space for working and answer

(iii) The sponge takes a further 0middot45 s to travel from its maximum height until it hits the teacher

Determine the height h above the ground at which the sponge hits the teacher

Space for working and answer

(b) The student throwing the sponge makes the following statement

ldquoIf the sponge is thrown with a higher speed at the same angle from the same height then it would take a shorter time to hit the teacher in the same placerdquo

Explain why the studentrsquos statement is incorrect

3

4

2

[Turn over

X757760108page 08

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 An internet shopping company is planning to use drones to deliver packages

package

drone

(a) During a test the drone is hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the drone is 5middot50 kg

The mass of the package is 1middot25 kg

(i) Determine the upward force produced by the drone

Space for working and answer

3

X757760109page 09

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (a) (continued)

(ii) The package is now lowered using a motor and a cable

A battery supplies 12 V across the motor The resistance of the motor is 9∙6 Ω

Calculate the power dissipated by the motor

Space for working and answer

(iii) While the package is being lowered the cable breaks

The upward force produced by the drone remains constant

Describe the vertical motion of the drone immediately after the cable breaks

Justify your answer

[Turn over

3

2

X757760110page 10

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (continued)

(b) To carry a package with a greater mass two drones are used as shown

not to scale

cable

3∙4 kg

drone

35deg

package

drone

cable35deg

The drones are hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the package suspended from the two drones is 3middot4 kg

Determine the tension in each cable

Space for working and answer

4

X757760111page 11

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760112page 12

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 A student sets up an experiment to investigate a collision between two vehicles on a frictionless air track

not to scale

card

vehicle Y

motion sensor

vehicle X

to computer

air track

Vehicle X of mass 0middot75 kg is travelling to the right along the track

Vehicle Y of mass 0middot50 kg is travelling to the left along the track with a speed of 0middot30 m sminus1

The vehicles collide and move off separately

A computer displays a graph showing the velocity of vehicle X from just before the collision to just after the collision

velocity (m sminus1)

time (s)1∙000∙900∙800∙700∙50

0∙60

0∙400∙300∙200

0∙10 0∙60

0∙50

0∙40

0∙30

0∙20

0∙10

0

X757760113page 13

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(a) Show that the velocity of vehicle Y after the collision is 0middot42 m sminus1

Space for working and answer

(b) Determine the impulse on vehicle Y during the collision

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

2

3

X757760114page 14

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(c) Explain how the student would determine whether the collision was elastic or inelastic 2

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760105page 05

[Turn over for SECTION 2

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760106page 06

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marks

Attempt ALL questions

1 During a school funfair a student throws a wet sponge at a teacher The sponge is thrown with an initial velocity of 7middot4 m sminus1 at an angle of 30deg to the horizontal

The sponge leaves the studentrsquos hand at a height of 1middot5 m above the ground

h

7middot4 m sminus1

30deg

1middot5 m

not to scale

The sponge hits the teacher

The effects of air resistance can be ignored

(a) (i) Calculate

(A) the horizontal component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

(B) the vertical component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

1

1

X757760107page 07

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

1 (a) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the time taken for the sponge to reach its maximum height

Space for working and answer

(iii) The sponge takes a further 0middot45 s to travel from its maximum height until it hits the teacher

Determine the height h above the ground at which the sponge hits the teacher

Space for working and answer

(b) The student throwing the sponge makes the following statement

ldquoIf the sponge is thrown with a higher speed at the same angle from the same height then it would take a shorter time to hit the teacher in the same placerdquo

Explain why the studentrsquos statement is incorrect

3

4

2

[Turn over

X757760108page 08

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 An internet shopping company is planning to use drones to deliver packages

package

drone

(a) During a test the drone is hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the drone is 5middot50 kg

The mass of the package is 1middot25 kg

(i) Determine the upward force produced by the drone

Space for working and answer

3

X757760109page 09

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (a) (continued)

(ii) The package is now lowered using a motor and a cable

A battery supplies 12 V across the motor The resistance of the motor is 9∙6 Ω

Calculate the power dissipated by the motor

Space for working and answer

(iii) While the package is being lowered the cable breaks

The upward force produced by the drone remains constant

Describe the vertical motion of the drone immediately after the cable breaks

Justify your answer

[Turn over

3

2

X757760110page 10

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (continued)

(b) To carry a package with a greater mass two drones are used as shown

not to scale

cable

3∙4 kg

drone

35deg

package

drone

cable35deg

The drones are hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the package suspended from the two drones is 3middot4 kg

Determine the tension in each cable

Space for working and answer

4

X757760111page 11

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760112page 12

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 A student sets up an experiment to investigate a collision between two vehicles on a frictionless air track

not to scale

card

vehicle Y

motion sensor

vehicle X

to computer

air track

Vehicle X of mass 0middot75 kg is travelling to the right along the track

Vehicle Y of mass 0middot50 kg is travelling to the left along the track with a speed of 0middot30 m sminus1

The vehicles collide and move off separately

A computer displays a graph showing the velocity of vehicle X from just before the collision to just after the collision

velocity (m sminus1)

time (s)1∙000∙900∙800∙700∙50

0∙60

0∙400∙300∙200

0∙10 0∙60

0∙50

0∙40

0∙30

0∙20

0∙10

0

X757760113page 13

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(a) Show that the velocity of vehicle Y after the collision is 0middot42 m sminus1

Space for working and answer

(b) Determine the impulse on vehicle Y during the collision

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

2

3

X757760114page 14

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(c) Explain how the student would determine whether the collision was elastic or inelastic 2

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760106page 06

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

SECTION 2 mdash 110 marks

Attempt ALL questions

1 During a school funfair a student throws a wet sponge at a teacher The sponge is thrown with an initial velocity of 7middot4 m sminus1 at an angle of 30deg to the horizontal

The sponge leaves the studentrsquos hand at a height of 1middot5 m above the ground

h

7middot4 m sminus1

30deg

1middot5 m

not to scale

The sponge hits the teacher

The effects of air resistance can be ignored

(a) (i) Calculate

(A) the horizontal component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

(B) the vertical component of the initial velocity of the sponge

Space for working and answer

1

1

X757760107page 07

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

1 (a) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the time taken for the sponge to reach its maximum height

Space for working and answer

(iii) The sponge takes a further 0middot45 s to travel from its maximum height until it hits the teacher

Determine the height h above the ground at which the sponge hits the teacher

Space for working and answer

(b) The student throwing the sponge makes the following statement

ldquoIf the sponge is thrown with a higher speed at the same angle from the same height then it would take a shorter time to hit the teacher in the same placerdquo

Explain why the studentrsquos statement is incorrect

3

4

2

[Turn over

X757760108page 08

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 An internet shopping company is planning to use drones to deliver packages

package

drone

(a) During a test the drone is hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the drone is 5middot50 kg

The mass of the package is 1middot25 kg

(i) Determine the upward force produced by the drone

Space for working and answer

3

X757760109page 09

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (a) (continued)

(ii) The package is now lowered using a motor and a cable

A battery supplies 12 V across the motor The resistance of the motor is 9∙6 Ω

Calculate the power dissipated by the motor

Space for working and answer

(iii) While the package is being lowered the cable breaks

The upward force produced by the drone remains constant

Describe the vertical motion of the drone immediately after the cable breaks

Justify your answer

[Turn over

3

2

X757760110page 10

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (continued)

(b) To carry a package with a greater mass two drones are used as shown

not to scale

cable

3∙4 kg

drone

35deg

package

drone

cable35deg

The drones are hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the package suspended from the two drones is 3middot4 kg

Determine the tension in each cable

Space for working and answer

4

X757760111page 11

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760112page 12

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 A student sets up an experiment to investigate a collision between two vehicles on a frictionless air track

not to scale

card

vehicle Y

motion sensor

vehicle X

to computer

air track

Vehicle X of mass 0middot75 kg is travelling to the right along the track

Vehicle Y of mass 0middot50 kg is travelling to the left along the track with a speed of 0middot30 m sminus1

The vehicles collide and move off separately

A computer displays a graph showing the velocity of vehicle X from just before the collision to just after the collision

velocity (m sminus1)

time (s)1∙000∙900∙800∙700∙50

0∙60

0∙400∙300∙200

0∙10 0∙60

0∙50

0∙40

0∙30

0∙20

0∙10

0

X757760113page 13

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(a) Show that the velocity of vehicle Y after the collision is 0middot42 m sminus1

Space for working and answer

(b) Determine the impulse on vehicle Y during the collision

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

2

3

X757760114page 14

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(c) Explain how the student would determine whether the collision was elastic or inelastic 2

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760107page 07

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

1 (a) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the time taken for the sponge to reach its maximum height

Space for working and answer

(iii) The sponge takes a further 0middot45 s to travel from its maximum height until it hits the teacher

Determine the height h above the ground at which the sponge hits the teacher

Space for working and answer

(b) The student throwing the sponge makes the following statement

ldquoIf the sponge is thrown with a higher speed at the same angle from the same height then it would take a shorter time to hit the teacher in the same placerdquo

Explain why the studentrsquos statement is incorrect

3

4

2

[Turn over

X757760108page 08

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 An internet shopping company is planning to use drones to deliver packages

package

drone

(a) During a test the drone is hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the drone is 5middot50 kg

The mass of the package is 1middot25 kg

(i) Determine the upward force produced by the drone

Space for working and answer

3

X757760109page 09

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (a) (continued)

(ii) The package is now lowered using a motor and a cable

A battery supplies 12 V across the motor The resistance of the motor is 9∙6 Ω

Calculate the power dissipated by the motor

Space for working and answer

(iii) While the package is being lowered the cable breaks

The upward force produced by the drone remains constant

Describe the vertical motion of the drone immediately after the cable breaks

Justify your answer

[Turn over

3

2

X757760110page 10

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (continued)

(b) To carry a package with a greater mass two drones are used as shown

not to scale

cable

3∙4 kg

drone

35deg

package

drone

cable35deg

The drones are hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the package suspended from the two drones is 3middot4 kg

Determine the tension in each cable

Space for working and answer

4

X757760111page 11

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760112page 12

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 A student sets up an experiment to investigate a collision between two vehicles on a frictionless air track

not to scale

card

vehicle Y

motion sensor

vehicle X

to computer

air track

Vehicle X of mass 0middot75 kg is travelling to the right along the track

Vehicle Y of mass 0middot50 kg is travelling to the left along the track with a speed of 0middot30 m sminus1

The vehicles collide and move off separately

A computer displays a graph showing the velocity of vehicle X from just before the collision to just after the collision

velocity (m sminus1)

time (s)1∙000∙900∙800∙700∙50

0∙60

0∙400∙300∙200

0∙10 0∙60

0∙50

0∙40

0∙30

0∙20

0∙10

0

X757760113page 13

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(a) Show that the velocity of vehicle Y after the collision is 0middot42 m sminus1

Space for working and answer

(b) Determine the impulse on vehicle Y during the collision

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

2

3

X757760114page 14

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(c) Explain how the student would determine whether the collision was elastic or inelastic 2

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760108page 08

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 An internet shopping company is planning to use drones to deliver packages

package

drone

(a) During a test the drone is hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the drone is 5middot50 kg

The mass of the package is 1middot25 kg

(i) Determine the upward force produced by the drone

Space for working and answer

3

X757760109page 09

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (a) (continued)

(ii) The package is now lowered using a motor and a cable

A battery supplies 12 V across the motor The resistance of the motor is 9∙6 Ω

Calculate the power dissipated by the motor

Space for working and answer

(iii) While the package is being lowered the cable breaks

The upward force produced by the drone remains constant

Describe the vertical motion of the drone immediately after the cable breaks

Justify your answer

[Turn over

3

2

X757760110page 10

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (continued)

(b) To carry a package with a greater mass two drones are used as shown

not to scale

cable

3∙4 kg

drone

35deg

package

drone

cable35deg

The drones are hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the package suspended from the two drones is 3middot4 kg

Determine the tension in each cable

Space for working and answer

4

X757760111page 11

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760112page 12

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 A student sets up an experiment to investigate a collision between two vehicles on a frictionless air track

not to scale

card

vehicle Y

motion sensor

vehicle X

to computer

air track

Vehicle X of mass 0middot75 kg is travelling to the right along the track

Vehicle Y of mass 0middot50 kg is travelling to the left along the track with a speed of 0middot30 m sminus1

The vehicles collide and move off separately

A computer displays a graph showing the velocity of vehicle X from just before the collision to just after the collision

velocity (m sminus1)

time (s)1∙000∙900∙800∙700∙50

0∙60

0∙400∙300∙200

0∙10 0∙60

0∙50

0∙40

0∙30

0∙20

0∙10

0

X757760113page 13

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(a) Show that the velocity of vehicle Y after the collision is 0middot42 m sminus1

Space for working and answer

(b) Determine the impulse on vehicle Y during the collision

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

2

3

X757760114page 14

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(c) Explain how the student would determine whether the collision was elastic or inelastic 2

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760109page 09

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (a) (continued)

(ii) The package is now lowered using a motor and a cable

A battery supplies 12 V across the motor The resistance of the motor is 9∙6 Ω

Calculate the power dissipated by the motor

Space for working and answer

(iii) While the package is being lowered the cable breaks

The upward force produced by the drone remains constant

Describe the vertical motion of the drone immediately after the cable breaks

Justify your answer

[Turn over

3

2

X757760110page 10

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (continued)

(b) To carry a package with a greater mass two drones are used as shown

not to scale

cable

3∙4 kg

drone

35deg

package

drone

cable35deg

The drones are hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the package suspended from the two drones is 3middot4 kg

Determine the tension in each cable

Space for working and answer

4

X757760111page 11

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760112page 12

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 A student sets up an experiment to investigate a collision between two vehicles on a frictionless air track

not to scale

card

vehicle Y

motion sensor

vehicle X

to computer

air track

Vehicle X of mass 0middot75 kg is travelling to the right along the track

Vehicle Y of mass 0middot50 kg is travelling to the left along the track with a speed of 0middot30 m sminus1

The vehicles collide and move off separately

A computer displays a graph showing the velocity of vehicle X from just before the collision to just after the collision

velocity (m sminus1)

time (s)1∙000∙900∙800∙700∙50

0∙60

0∙400∙300∙200

0∙10 0∙60

0∙50

0∙40

0∙30

0∙20

0∙10

0

X757760113page 13

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(a) Show that the velocity of vehicle Y after the collision is 0middot42 m sminus1

Space for working and answer

(b) Determine the impulse on vehicle Y during the collision

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

2

3

X757760114page 14

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(c) Explain how the student would determine whether the collision was elastic or inelastic 2

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760110page 10

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

2 (continued)

(b) To carry a package with a greater mass two drones are used as shown

not to scale

cable

3∙4 kg

drone

35deg

package

drone

cable35deg

The drones are hovering at a constant height above the ground

The mass of the package suspended from the two drones is 3middot4 kg

Determine the tension in each cable

Space for working and answer

4

X757760111page 11

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760112page 12

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 A student sets up an experiment to investigate a collision between two vehicles on a frictionless air track

not to scale

card

vehicle Y

motion sensor

vehicle X

to computer

air track

Vehicle X of mass 0middot75 kg is travelling to the right along the track

Vehicle Y of mass 0middot50 kg is travelling to the left along the track with a speed of 0middot30 m sminus1

The vehicles collide and move off separately

A computer displays a graph showing the velocity of vehicle X from just before the collision to just after the collision

velocity (m sminus1)

time (s)1∙000∙900∙800∙700∙50

0∙60

0∙400∙300∙200

0∙10 0∙60

0∙50

0∙40

0∙30

0∙20

0∙10

0

X757760113page 13

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(a) Show that the velocity of vehicle Y after the collision is 0middot42 m sminus1

Space for working and answer

(b) Determine the impulse on vehicle Y during the collision

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

2

3

X757760114page 14

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(c) Explain how the student would determine whether the collision was elastic or inelastic 2

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760111page 11

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760112page 12

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 A student sets up an experiment to investigate a collision between two vehicles on a frictionless air track

not to scale

card

vehicle Y

motion sensor

vehicle X

to computer

air track

Vehicle X of mass 0middot75 kg is travelling to the right along the track

Vehicle Y of mass 0middot50 kg is travelling to the left along the track with a speed of 0middot30 m sminus1

The vehicles collide and move off separately

A computer displays a graph showing the velocity of vehicle X from just before the collision to just after the collision

velocity (m sminus1)

time (s)1∙000∙900∙800∙700∙50

0∙60

0∙400∙300∙200

0∙10 0∙60

0∙50

0∙40

0∙30

0∙20

0∙10

0

X757760113page 13

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(a) Show that the velocity of vehicle Y after the collision is 0middot42 m sminus1

Space for working and answer

(b) Determine the impulse on vehicle Y during the collision

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

2

3

X757760114page 14

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(c) Explain how the student would determine whether the collision was elastic or inelastic 2

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760112page 12

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 A student sets up an experiment to investigate a collision between two vehicles on a frictionless air track

not to scale

card

vehicle Y

motion sensor

vehicle X

to computer

air track

Vehicle X of mass 0middot75 kg is travelling to the right along the track

Vehicle Y of mass 0middot50 kg is travelling to the left along the track with a speed of 0middot30 m sminus1

The vehicles collide and move off separately

A computer displays a graph showing the velocity of vehicle X from just before the collision to just after the collision

velocity (m sminus1)

time (s)1∙000∙900∙800∙700∙50

0∙60

0∙400∙300∙200

0∙10 0∙60

0∙50

0∙40

0∙30

0∙20

0∙10

0

X757760113page 13

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(a) Show that the velocity of vehicle Y after the collision is 0middot42 m sminus1

Space for working and answer

(b) Determine the impulse on vehicle Y during the collision

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

2

3

X757760114page 14

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(c) Explain how the student would determine whether the collision was elastic or inelastic 2

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760113page 13

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(a) Show that the velocity of vehicle Y after the collision is 0middot42 m sminus1

Space for working and answer

(b) Determine the impulse on vehicle Y during the collision

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

2

3

X757760114page 14

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(c) Explain how the student would determine whether the collision was elastic or inelastic 2

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760114page 14

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

3 (continued)

(c) Explain how the student would determine whether the collision was elastic or inelastic 2

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760115page 15

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

4 A stunt is being carried out during the making of a film

A car is to be driven up a ramp on a moving lorry by a stunt driver who will attempt to land the car safely on the roof of a second moving lorry The car is to stop on the roof of the second lorry while this lorry is still moving

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the challenges involved in carrying out the stunt successfully

[Turn over

3

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760116page 16

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 Hubblersquos Law states that the universe is expanding The expanding universe is one piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(a) State one other piece of evidence that supports the Big Bang theory

(b) A student plots some of the original data from the 1929 paper by Edwin Hubble and adds the line shown in order to determine a value for the Hubble constant H0

4025

500 000

3515

400 000

30

600 000

300 000

0

200 000

rece

ssio

nal v

eloc

ity

(m sminus

1 )

100 000

distance (times 1021 m)

201050

The student calculates the gradient of their line and obtains a value for the Hubble constant of 2∙0 times 10minus17 sminus1

The age of the universe can be calculated using the relationship

0

1age of universe

H=

1

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760117page 17

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

5 (b) (continued)

(i) Calculate the age of the universe in years obtained when using the studentrsquos value for the Hubble constant

Space for working and answer

(ii) The current estimate for the age of the universe is 13∙8 times 109 years

(A) State why the value obtained in (b)(i) is different from the current estimate for the age of the universe

(B) Suggest a change that the student could make to their graph to obtain a value closer to the current estimate for the age of the universe

(c) It has been discovered that the rate of expansion of the universe is increasing

State what physicists think is responsible for this increase

2

1

1

1

[Turn over

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760118page 18

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 An experiment is set up to demonstrate a simple particle accelerator

vacuum metal cross

+

fluorescent screen

minus

anode

cathode

1middot6 kV

(a) Electrons are accelerated from rest between the cathode and the anode by a potential difference of 1middot6 kV

(i) Show that the work done in accelerating an electron from rest is 2middot6 times 10minus16 J

Space for working and answer

(ii) Calculate the speed of the electron as it reaches the anode

Space for working and answer

2

3

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760119page 19

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(b) As the electrons travel through the vacuum towards the fluorescent screen they spread out

In the path of the electrons there is a metal cross which is connected to the positive terminal of the supply The electrons that hit the cross are stopped by the metal

Electrons that get past the metal cross hit a fluorescent screen at the far side of the tube

When electrons hit the fluorescent screen the screen glows

shadow of metal cross

glowing fluorescent

screen

The potential difference between the anode and the cathode is now increased to 2∙2 kV This changes what is observed on the screen

Suggest one change that is observed

You must justify your answer

[Turn over

2

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760120page 20

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (continued)

(c) A student builds a model of a particle accelerator The model accelerates a small ball on a circular track A battery-operated motor accelerates the ball each time it passes the motor To cause a collision a plastic block is pushed onto the track The ball then hits the block

balltrack motorplastic block

Using your knowledge of physics comment on the model compared to a real particle accelerator such as the large hadron collider at CERN 3

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760121page 21

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

6 (c) (continued)

[Turn over

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760122page 22

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 A student uses a gold-leaf electroscope to investigate the photoelectric effect A deflection of the gold leaf on the electroscope shows that the metal plate is charged

The student charges the metal plate on the electroscope and the gold leaf is deflected

020

40

60

80

metal rod gold leaf

metal plate

gold-leaf electroscope

(a) Ultraviolet light is shone onto the negatively charged metal plate The gold-leaf electroscope does not discharge This indicates that photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal

Suggest one reason why photoelectrons are not ejected from the surface of the metal 1

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760123page 23

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(b) The student adjusts the experiment so that the gold-leaf electroscope now discharges when ultraviolet light is shone onto the plate

The work function for the metal plate is 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(i) State what is meant by a work function of 6∙94 times 10minus19 J

(ii) The irradiance of the ultraviolet light on the metal plate is reduced by increasing the distance between the gold-leaf electroscope and the ultraviolet light source

State what effect if any this has on the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the surface of the metal

Justify your answer

[Turn over

1

2

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760124page 24

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

7 (continued)

(c) The graph shows how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the metal plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

The threshold frequency for the metal plate is 1∙05 times 1015 Hz

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

The metal plate is now replaced with a different metal plate made of aluminium

The aluminium has a threshold frequency of 0∙99 times 1015 Hz

Add a line to the graph to show how the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons ejected from the aluminium plate varies as the frequency of the incident radiation increases

(An additional graph if required can be found on page 45)

(d) Explain why the photoelectric effect provides evidence for the particle nature of light

2

1

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760125page 25

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 A student investigates interference of light by directing laser light of wavelength 630 nm onto a grating as shown

not to scale

θ

screen

laser grating

(a) A pattern of bright spots is observed on a screen

(i) Explain in terms of waves how bright spots are produced on the screen

(ii) The grating has 250 lines per millimetre

Calculate the angle θ between the central maximum and the third order maximum

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

1

3

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760126page 26

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (a) (continued)

(iii) The grating is now replaced by one which has 600 lines per millimetre

State the effect of this change on the pattern observed

Justify your answer

(iv) The interference pattern is produced by coherent light

State what is meant by the term coherent

2

1

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760127page 27

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

8 (Continued)

(b) The student now shines light from the laser onto a pound5 note

not to scale screenpound5 note

laser

When it is shone through the transparent section of the note the student observes a pattern of bright spots on the screen

The diagram below shows the pattern that the student observes on the screen

Suggest a reason for the difference in the pattern produced using the pound5 note and the pattern produced using the grating

[Turn over

1

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760128page 28

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 A ray of monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism as shown

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(a) Show that the refractive index of the glass for this ray of light is 1∙89

Space for working and answer

(b) (i) State what is meant by the term critical angle

2

1

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760129page 29

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (b) (continued)

(ii) Calculate the critical angle for this light in the prism

Space for working and answer

(iii) Complete the diagram below to show the path of the ray as it passes through the prism and emerges into the air

Mark on the diagram the values of all relevant angles

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

(An additional diagram if required can be found on page 45)

[Turn over

3

4

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760130page 30

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

9 (continued)

(c) A ray of white light is shone through the prism and a spectrum is observed as shown

screen

violet

red

air

glass

white light

The prism is now replaced with another prism made from a different type of glass with a lower refractive index

Describe one difference in the spectrum produced by this prism compared to the spectrum produced by the first prism 1

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760131page 31

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 In a laboratory experiment light from a hydrogen discharge lamp is used to produce a line emission spectrum The line spectrum for hydrogen has four lines in the visible region as shown

(a) The production of the line spectrum can be explained using the Bohr model of the atom

State two features of the Bohr model of the atom

[Turn over

2

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760132page 32

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(b) Some of the energy levels of the hydrogen atom are shown

E0

E1minus5middot45 times 10minus19 J

E2

E3

E4

minus21middot8 times 10minus19 J

minus2middot42 times 10minus19 J

minus1middot36 times 10minus19 J

minus0middot871 times 10minus19 J

One of the spectral lines is due to electron transitions from E3 to E1

Determine the frequency of the photon emitted when an electron makes this transition

Space for working and answer

3

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760133page 33

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

10 (continued)

(c) In the laboratory a line in the hydrogen spectrum is observed at a wavelength of 656 nm

When the spectrum of light from a distant galaxy is viewed this hydrogen line is now observed at a wavelength of 661 nm

Determine the recessional velocity of the distant galaxy

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

5

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760134page 34

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 A student constructs a battery using a potato a strip of copper and a strip of magnesium

potato

magnesiumcopper

The student then sets up the following circuit with the potato battery connected to a variable resistor R in order that the electromotive force (emf) and internal resistance of the battery may be determined

potato battery

r E

R

V

A

(a) State what is meant by the term electromotive force (emf) 1

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760135page 35

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(b) The student uses readings of current I and terminal potential difference V from this circuit to produce the graph shown

1800 16020 14040 120

700

100

600

80

500

I (μA)

400

V (m

V)

300

60

200

100

0

Determine the internal resistance of the potato battery

Space for working and answer

[Turn over

3

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760136page 36

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

11 (continued)

(c) The student connects a red LED and a blue LED in turn to the battery

The LEDs are forward biased when connected

The student observes that the battery will operate the red LED but not the blue LED

The diagram represents the band structure of the blue LED

electrons in valence band

electrons in conduction band

p-type n-type

band gap

LEDs emit light when electrons fall from the conduction band into the valence band of the p-type semiconductor

Explain using band theory why the blue LED will not operate with this battery 1

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760137page 37

[Turn over for next question

DO NOT WRITE ON THIS PAGE

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760138page 38

DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 A student carries out a series of experiments to investigate alternating current

(a) A signal generator is connected to an oscilloscope and a circuit as shown

green LED

A

signal generator

red LED

oscilloscope

The output of the signal generator is displayed on the oscilloscope

div

div

The Y-gain setting on the oscilloscope is 1middot0 Vdiv

The timebase setting on the oscilloscope is 0middot5 sdiv

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760139page 39

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (a) (continued)

(i) Determine the peak voltage of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(ii) Determine the frequency of the output of the signal generator

Space for working and answer

(iii) The student observes that the red LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a positive reading and the green LED is only lit when the ammeter gives a negative reading

Explain these observations

1

3

2

[Turn over

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760140page 40

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

12 (continued)

(b) The signal generator is now connected in a circuit as shown

The settings on the signal generator are unchanged

The signal generator has negligible internal resistance

signal generator

68 Ω 82 Ω

Determine the rms voltage across the 82 Ω resistor

Space for working and answer

5

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760141page 41

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

13 A student sets up an experiment to investigate the pressure due to a liquid as shown

h

meterpressure sensor

liquid

glass tube

The pressure due to a liquid is given by the relationship

p ρgh=

where p is the pressure due to the liquid in pascals (Pa)

g is the gravitational field strength in N kgminus1

ρ is the density of the liquid in kg mminus3

and h is the depth in the liquid in m

(a) The student initially carries out the investigation using water

The density of water is 1middot00 times 103 kg mminus3

Calculate the pressure due to the water at a depth of 0middot35 m

Space for working and answer

2

[Turn over

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760142page 42

13 (continued)

(b) The student repeats the experiment with a different liquid

The pressure meter is set to zero before the glass tube is lowered into the liquid

The student takes measurements of the pressure at various depths below the surface of the liquid

The student records the following information

Depth h (m) Pressure p (kPa)

0middot10 1middot2

0middot20 2middot5

0middot30 3middot6

0middot40 4middot9

0middot50 6middot2

(i) Using the square-ruled paper on page 43 draw a graph of p against h

(Additional graph paper if required can be found on page 44)

(ii) Calculate the gradient of your graph

Space for working and answer

(iii) Determine the density of this liquid

Space for working and answer

[END OF QUESTION PAPER]

3

2

2

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760143page 43

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760144page 44

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760145page 45

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

Additional graph for use with Question 7 (c)

kinetic energy (J)

frequency (times 1015 Hz)

1∙050

Additional diagram for use with Question 9 (b) (iii)

glass

air

incident ray45middot0deg

45middot0deg 68middot0deg

22middot0deg

60middot0deg

60middot0deg60middot0deg

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760146page 46

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760147page 47

MARKS DO NOT WRITE IN

THIS MARGIN

ADDITIONAL SPACE FOR ANSWERS AND ROUGH WORK

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X757760148page 48

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Question 1 ndash Snap2ArtShutterstockcom

Question 2 (b) ndash Studio CaramelShutterstockcom

Question 6 (c) ndash Image is taken from httpjkbrickworkscomjkbwwp-contentuploads201411acceleratorjpgx84406 Reproduced by kind permission of Jason Allemann

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

X7577611copy

NationalQualications2018 H

X7577611 PhysicsRelationships Sheet

TUESDAY 8 MAY

900 AM ndash 1130 AM

APB

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

page 02

d vt=

s vt=

v u at= +

212s ut at= +

2 2 2v u as= +

( )12s u v t= +

W mg=

F ma=

( )21

ttvc

prime =minus

( )21 vl l cprime = minus

o ss

vf fv v

⎛ ⎞= ⎜ ⎟plusmn⎝ ⎠

observed rest

rest

λ λzλ

minus=

vzc

=

0v H d=

2E mc=

E hf=

0kE hf hf= minus

2 1E E hfminus =

1Tf

=

v fλ=

sind θ mλ=

sinsin

1

2

θnθ

=

sinsin

1 1 1

2 2 2

θ λ vθ λ v

= =

sin 1cθ n

=

2

kId

=

PIA

=

12

path difference or where 0 1 2mλ m λ m⎛ ⎞= +⎜ ⎟⎝ ⎠

=

max value min valuerandom uncertainty

number of valuesminus=

2peak rmsV V=

2peak rmsI I=

Q It=

V IR=

22 VP IV I R

R= = =

1 2TR R R= + +

1 2

1 1 1

TR R R= + +

E V Ir= +

11

1 2s

RV V

R R⎛ ⎞

= ⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟+⎝ ⎠

1 1

2 2

V RV R

=

221 1 1

2 2 2

QE QV CVC

= = =

QCV

=

W QV=

WE Fd=

pE mgh=

212kE mv=

EPt

=

p mv=

Ft mv mu= minus

1 22

mmF Gr

=

Relationships required for Physics Higher

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

page 03

Additional Relationships

Circle

Sphere

Trigonometry

circumference 2πr=

2area πr=

2area 4πr=

343volume πr=

sin oppositehypotenuse

θ =

cos adjacenthypotenuse

θ =

tan oppositeadjacent

θ =

sin cos2 2 1θ θ+ =

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides

page 04

Electron Arrangements of Elem

entsG

roup 1G

roup 2G

roup 3G

roup 4G

roup 5G

roup 6G

roup 7G

roup 0

(1)(18)

1H1

Hydrogen

KeyAtom

ic number

Symbol

Electron arrangement

Nam

e

2He2

Helium

(13)(14)

(15)(16)

(17)(2)

3Li21

Lithium

4Be22

Beryllium

5B23

Boron

6C24

Carbon

7N25

Nitrogen

8O26

Oxygen

9F27

Fluorine

10

Ne

28

Neon

11

Na

281

Sodium

12

Mg

282

Magnesium

Transition Elements

13Al283

Aluminium

14Si284

Silicon

15P285

Phosphorus

16S286

Sulfur

17Cl287

Chlorine

18

Ar288

Argon(3)

(4)(5)

(6)(7)

(8)(9)

(10)(11)

(12)

19K2881

Potassium

20

Ca2882

Calcium

21Sc2892

Scandium

22Ti28102

Titanium

23V28112

Vanadium

24

Cr28131

Chromium

25

Mn

28132

Manganese

26

Fe28142

Iron

27

Co28152

Cobalt

28Ni

28162

Nickel

29

Cu28181

Copper

30

Zn28182

Zinc

31

Ga

28183

Gallium

32

Ge

28184

Germ

anium

33

As28185

Arsenic

34

Se28186

Selenium

35

Br28187

Bromine

36

Kr28188

Krypton

37

Rb281881

Rubidium

38Sr281882

Strontium

39Y281892

Yttrium

40Zr2818

102Zirconium

41

Nb

2818121

Niobium

42

Mo

2818131

Molybdenum

43Tc281813

2Technetium

44

Ru281815

1Ruthenium

45

Rh281816

1Rhodium

46

Pd2818

180Palladium

47

Ag2818

181Silver

48

Cd2818

182Cadm

ium

49In2818

183Indium

50

Sn2818

184Tin

51

Sb2818

185Antim

ony

52

Te2818

186Tellurium

53I2818

187Iodine

54

Xe2818

188Xenon

55

Cs281818

81Caesium

56

Ba281818

82Barium

57

La281818

92Lanthanum

72

Hf

281832102

Hafnium

73

Ta281832112Tantalum

74W281832

122Tungsten

75

Re281832

132Rhenium

76

Os

281832142

Osm

ium

77Ir281832

152Iridium

78Pt281832

171Platinum

79

Au281832181

Gold

80

Hg

281832182M

ercury

81Tl281832183Thallium

82

Pb281832184

Lead

83Bi281832185Bism

uth

84

Po281832186Polonium

85

At281832187Astatine

86

Rn281832188Radon

87Fr281832

1881Francium

88

Ra281832

1882Radium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

104

Rf281832

32102Rutherfordium

105

Db

28183232112D

ubnium

106

Sg281832

32122Seaborgium

107

Bh281832

32132Bohrium

108

Hs

28183232142H

assium

109

Mt

28183232152

Meitnerium

110

Ds

28183232171

Darmstadtium

111

Rg281832

32181Roentgenium

112

Cn281832

32182Copernicium

57

La28181892

Lanthanum

58

Ce28182082Cerium

59Pr281821

82Praseodym

ium

60

Nd

28182282

Neodym

ium

61

Pm281823

82Prom

ethium

62

Sm281824

82Sam

arium

63

Eu281825

82Europium

64

Gd

28182592

Gadolinium

65

Tb281827

82Terbium

66

Dy

28182882

Dysprosium

67

Ho

28182982

Holm

ium

68Er281830

82Erbium

69

Tm281831

82Thulium

70

Yb281832

82Ytterbium

71

Lu281832

92Lutetium

89

Ac281832

1892Actinium

90

Th281832

18102Thorium

91

Pa281832

2092Protactinium

92U281832

2192U

ranium

93

Np

2818322292

Neptunium

94

Pu281832

2482Plutonium

95

Am281832

2582Am

ericium

96

Cm281832

2592Curium

97

Bk281832

2782Berkelium

98Cf281832

2882Californium

99Es281832

2982Einsteinium

100

Fm281832

3082Ferm

ium

101

Md

2818323182

Mendelevium

102

No

2818323282

Nobelium

103

Lr281832

3292Law

rencium

Lanthanides

Actinides